diff --git a/help/uk/uk.po b/help/uk/uk.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..11c7366a3a --- /dev/null +++ b/help/uk/uk.po @@ -0,0 +1,12158 @@ +# Ukrainian translation for evolution. +# Copyright (C) 2020 evolution's COPYRIGHT HOLDER +# This file is distributed under the same license as the evolution package. +# +# Yuri Chornoivan , 2020. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: evolution gnome-3-36\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-05-15 14:20+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-05-17 13:29+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan \n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: uk\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=n==1 ? 3 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n" +"%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 20.07.70\n" + +#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "Юрій Чорноіван , 2020" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/backup-restore.page:18 +msgid "Back up and restore your Evolution data and settings." +msgstr "" +"Створення резервних копій та відновлення даних і параметрів роботи Evolution." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/backup-restore.page:22 +msgid "Back up and restore" +msgstr "Резервне копіювання та відновлення" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-restore.page:24 +msgid "" +"You can back up your Evolution data. The backup saves your " +"settings, mail, contacts, tasks, memos and calendars. It will be stored in a " +"gzip-compressed tar archive file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/backup-restore.page:29 +msgid "Backing up" +msgstr "Створення резервної копії" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-restore.page:33 +msgid "" +"Select File Back up Evolution Data…." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-restore.page:37 +msgid "" +"Choose a filename and the folder where you want to save the backup file, and " +"click Save." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-restore.page:41 C/backup-restore.page:69 +msgid "" +"You will be asked to close Evolution. Answer with Yes." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/backup-restore.page:47 +msgid "" +"Note that your spam filtering settings are " +"not included in the backup file, as these settings are not controlled by " +"Evolution and as developers of spam filtering tools might change " +"implementation details. If you use Bogofilter you will need to back up the " +"hidden folder ~/.bogofilter/. If you use SpamAssassin you will " +"need to back up the hidden folder ~/.spamassassin/." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/backup-restore.page:58 C/intro-first-run.page:43 +msgid "Restoring" +msgstr "Відновлення" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-restore.page:62 +msgid "" +"Select File Restore Evolution Data…." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-restore.page:66 +msgid "Choose the file, and click Open." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/backup-restore.page:75 +msgid "" +"In the first-run assistant, you can " +"restore Evolution data from a backup file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:23 +msgid "Setting up reminder notifications for appointments." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:26 +msgid "Reminders for appointments" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:29 +msgid "General Settings" +msgstr "Загальні параметри" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:31 +msgid "" +"Under EditPreferences Calendar and TasksReminders you can select those calendars for which " +"you want to receive reminder notifications. If you do not select a calendar, " +"you will not receive reminders for any events in this calendar. You can also " +"define whether to show a reminder for every appointment and for every " +"birthday and anniversary." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:40 +msgid "" +"For general information on displaying reminders, please see the GNOME Desktop Help." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:50 +msgid "Manual Reminders" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:52 +msgid "" +"Apart from the general settings you can also set up reminders in the " +"appointment editor for certain appointments only:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:57 +msgid "" +"Click OptionsReminders or press the " +"Reminder button in the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:61 +msgid "" +"From the dropdown menu, choose either one of the available default options " +"when to show a notification reminder, or choose Custom." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:66 +msgid "" +"In case of Custom, the reminder can be a popup, a sound played, a " +"program ran, or an email sent. You can also define whether the reminder " +"should be repeated." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:73 +msgid "" +"The Send an Email option is only available if the calendar " +"backend supports such functionality." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/calendar-caldav.page:23 +msgid "Using an online CalDAV calendar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/calendar-caldav.page:26 +msgid "Using a CalDAV calendar" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-caldav.page:28 C/calendar-google.page:29 +#: C/calendar-weather.page:24 C/calendar-webdav.page:23 +msgid "" +"To add such a calendar to Evolution, perform the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-caldav.page:32 C/calendar-google.page:34 C/calendar-local.page:27 +#: C/calendar-weather.page:29 C/calendar-webdav.page:28 +msgid "" +"Click FileNewCalendar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-caldav.page:36 +msgid "Select the type CalDAV." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-caldav.page:39 C/calendar-google.page:40 C/calendar-local.page:34 +#: C/calendar-weather.page:36 C/calendar-webdav.page:35 +#: C/contacts-google.page:35 C/contacts-ldap.page:48 C/contacts-local.page:34 +#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:48 C/tasks-caldav.page:26 +#: C/tasks-local.page:26 C/tasks-webdav.page:28 +msgid "Enter a name that you prefer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-caldav.page:42 C/calendar-google.page:43 C/calendar-local.page:37 +#: C/calendar-weather.page:39 C/calendar-webdav.page:38 C/tasks-caldav.page:27 +#: C/tasks-local.page:27 C/tasks-webdav.page:29 +msgid "Optionally choose a color that you prefer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-caldav.page:45 C/calendar-google.page:46 +#: C/calendar-weather.page:42 C/calendar-webdav.page:41 +#: C/contacts-google.page:38 +msgid "" +"Choose if you want to be able to view the content also when being offline." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-caldav.page:49 C/calendar-webdav.page:45 +#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:28 C/tasks-caldav.page:29 +#: C/tasks-webdav.page:31 +msgid "Enter the address in the URL field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-caldav.page:52 C/calendar-weather.page:49 +#: C/calendar-webdav.page:48 C/contacts-google.page:45 +#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:38 C/tasks-caldav.page:30 +#: C/tasks-webdav.page:32 +msgid "" +"Choose Use a secure connection if you want to connect securely." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-caldav.page:56 C/tasks-caldav.page:31 +msgid "Enter your username and your email address." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-caldav.page:59 C/calendar-google.page:55 C/calendar-local.page:46 +#: C/calendar-weather.page:56 C/calendar-webdav.page:55 +#: C/contacts-google.page:49 C/contacts-ldap.page:58 C/contacts-local.page:37 +#: C/tasks-caldav.page:32 C/tasks-local.page:28 C/tasks-webdav.page:34 +msgid "Click Apply." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-caldav.page:63 C/calendar-google.page:59 C/calendar-local.page:50 +#: C/calendar-weather.page:60 C/calendar-webdav.page:59 +msgid "" +"The calendar will be added to the list of calendars in Evolution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/calendar-classifications.page:23 +msgid "Restricting visibility of appointments on remote servers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/calendar-classifications.page:26 +msgid "Using Classifications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-classifications.page:28 +msgid "" +"If you are using a calendar on a remote server (such as Novell GroupWise or " +"Microsoft Exchange), you can select a classification to determine who can " +"view it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-classifications.page:32 +msgid "" +"To set a classification for an appointment, click OptionsClassification and select a classification in the " +"editor. Public is the default category, and a public appointment " +"can be viewed by anyone on the calendar-sharing network. Private " +"denotes one level of security, and Confidential an even higher " +"level." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-classifications.page:39 +msgid "" +"The different levels vary depending on your server settings; check with your " +"system administrator or adjust your delegation settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-classifications.page:42 +msgid "" +"If you want events, memos and tasks to be classified as private by default, " +"enable the preference under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksGeneralMiscellaneous." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:24 +msgid "Using the Free/Busy view on a groupware server to set up meetings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:29 +msgid "Free/Busy information" +msgstr "Інформація про зайнятість" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:31 +msgid "" +"You can use the Free/Busy search for meetings to determine the availability " +"of invitees." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:34 +msgid "" +"In addition to the standard meeting scheduling tools, you can use the Free/" +"Busy view to check whether people are available in advance. The Free/Busy " +"feature is normally a function of dedicated groupware servers such as " +"Microsoft Exchange and Novell GroupWise. However, you can also publish Free/" +"Busy information online, and access Free/Busy information published " +"elsewhere. If not everyone you collaborate with publishes Free/Busy data, " +"you can still use meeting invitations to coordinate schedules with other people." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:44 +msgid "To access the free/busy view:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:48 C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:44 +msgid "Click FileNewMeeting." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:52 C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:55 +msgid "" +"Click Add to add the email addresses of people " +"you want to invite." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:56 +msgid "" +"Click the Free/Busy button on the toolbar, or " +"the Schedule tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:60 +msgid "" +"Adjust the meeting time, either by dragging the meeting borders or by using " +"the Autopick buttons to choose a time automatically, then click " +"Close. Attendees on an Exchange server have the " +"appointment updated automatically; others receive email notification of any " +"change in plans." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:70 +msgid "Attendee List:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:71 +msgid "" +"The Attendee List shows the people who have been invited to the appointment." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:75 +msgid "Schedule Grid:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:76 +msgid "" +"The Schedule Grid shows the published Free/Busy information for the people " +"you have invited. This is where you compare schedules to find free time to " +"schedule the appointment. Individuals have visible scheduling information " +"only if they use the same Novell GroupWise or Microsoft Exchange server you " +"do (that is, if they are in the same organization as you), or if they " +"publish free/busy information at a web address (URL) that you can reach and " +"you have entered that web address for the specific contact in the Contact Editor under " +"Personal information Web AddressesFree/" +"Busy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:90 C/calendar-publishing.page:43 +msgid "" +"You can publish Calendar and Free/Busy information to a WebDAV server, FTP " +"server, a remote machine through SSH or to any other web server with HTTP " +"PUT support." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:94 +msgid "" +"In corporate environments you can publish Calendar and Free/Busy information " +"to an Exchange or Groupwise server. Note that you must use the top-level " +"Exchange calendar if you want others to be able to access your Free/Busy " +"information when inviting you to a meeting." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:97 +msgid "" +"The default server can be defined under EditPreferences Calendar and Tasks Publishing " +"Information Default Free/Busy Server." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:108 +msgid "Accessing Free/Busy Data Without a Groupware Server" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:110 +msgid "" +"If individuals give you a URL for Free/Busy data or for their web calendar, " +"you can add the URL under Personal InformationWeb " +"Addresses in the Contact Editor. Then, when you schedule a meeting with them," +"Evolution looks up the schedule and displays it in the Free/Busy " +"data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/calendar-google.page:24 +msgid "Using the online calendar of your Google account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/calendar-google.page:27 +msgid "Using a Google calendar" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-google.page:37 C/contacts-google.page:32 +msgid "Select the type Google." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-google.page:49 C/contacts-google.page:42 +msgid "Enter your Google username." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-google.page:52 +msgid "If you have more than one Google calendar, define which of them to use." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:23 +msgid "Define the displaying of appointments in the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:26 +msgid "Appearance of Appointments" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:33 +msgid "" +"The following calendar-related options are available under " +"EditPreferences Calendar and TasksDisplay." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:38 +msgid "General" +msgstr "Загальне" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:42 +msgid "Time Divisions:" +msgstr "Розділювачі часу:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:43 +msgid "" +"Sets the time increments shown as fine lines on the daily view in the " +"calendar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:47 +msgid "Show appointment end times in week and month views:" +msgstr "Показувати час завершення зустрічей при перегляді тижню та місяцю:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:48 +msgid "" +"If there is space, Evolution shows the end times in the week and " +"month views for each appointment." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:52 +msgid "Show appointment icons in the month view" +msgstr "Показувати піктограми зустрічі в перегляді місяця" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:55 +msgid "Compress weekends in month view:" +msgstr "Стискати вихідні дні при перегляді місяцю:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:56 +msgid "" +"Select this option to display weekends in one box instead of two in the " +"month view." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:60 +msgid "Show week numbers:" +msgstr "Показувати номери тижнів:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:61 +msgid "Shows the week numbers next to the respective weeks in the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:65 +msgid "Show recurring events in italic in bottom left calendar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:68 +msgid "Scroll Month View by a week" +msgstr "Прокручувати огляд місяцю по тижнях" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:75 +msgid "Alerts" +msgstr "Сигнали" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:77 +msgid "" +"If you want to be warned before you delete any appointment, select this " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:27 +msgid "General formatting options for the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:30 +msgid "General formatting options" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:32 +msgid "" +"The following options are available under EditPreferences Calendar and TasksGeneral." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:37 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "Час" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:41 +msgid "Time format:" +msgstr "Формат часу:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:42 +msgid "Choose between twelve-hour (AM/PM) and twenty-four-hour time formats." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:46 +msgid "Time zone and Second zone:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:47 +msgid "The city you are located in, and optionally a second city." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:53 +msgid "Work Week" +msgstr "Робочий тиждень" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:57 +msgid "Week starts on:" +msgstr "Тиждень починається:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:58 +msgid "Select the day to display as the first in each week." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:61 +msgid "Work days:" +msgstr "Робочі дні:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:62 +msgid "Define which week days are work days." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:65 +msgid "Day begins:" +msgstr "День починається:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:66 +msgid "Define at which time your work day begins." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:69 +msgid "Day ends:" +msgstr "День закінчується:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:70 +msgid "Define at which time your work day ends." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:77 +msgid "Date/Time Format" +msgstr "Формат дати та часу" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:79 +msgid "" +"You can change the format of the Date column by setting your " +"preferred format." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:82 +#: C/mail-change-time-format.page:21 +msgid "" +"The placeholders in the format expression are strftime formats. For a " +"complete list of available strftime formats, run date --help in " +"the Terminal application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/calendar-layout.page:17 +msgid "Adjusting the display and views of the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/calendar-layout.page:20 +msgid "Changing the calendar layout" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:23 +msgid "Using date ranges (day, week, month) to look at the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:26 +msgid "Available views" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:28 +msgid "Evolution offers five different views of your calendar data:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:33 C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:296 +msgid "Day View" +msgstr "Перегляд доби" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:36 C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:302 +msgid "Work Week View" +msgstr "Перегляд робочого тижня" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:39 C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:308 +msgid "Week View" +msgstr "Перегляд тижня" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:42 C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:314 +msgid "Month View" +msgstr "Перегляд місяця" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:45 C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:320 +msgid "List View" +msgstr "У вигляді списку" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:49 +msgid "" +"You can switch the view by either using the buttons in the toolbar, or by " +"clicking ViewCurrent View." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:52 +msgid "" +"You can also select an arbitrary range of days in the small calendar in the " +"side bar. To do this, select the days that you want to view in your calendar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:56 +msgid "" +"The Previous and Next buttons move you forward and back in your calendar " +"pages. If you are using a week or month view, you can move by week or month. " +"To return to today's listing, click the Select today button " +"between the two arrow buttons in the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:61 +msgid "" +"To visit calendar entries for a specific date, click the Select a " +"specific date button in the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/calendar-local.page:17 +msgid "Adding another local calendar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/calendar-local.page:20 +msgid "Adding another local calendar" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-local.page:22 +msgid "" +"To add another local calendar to Evolution, perform the following " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-local.page:31 C/contacts-local.page:31 C/tasks-local.page:25 +msgid "Select the type On This Computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-local.page:40 +msgid "" +"If you choose to use an existing calendar file which is already located on " +"your computer, you need to provide its location and whether Evolution should only read from the file or if Evolution can also add " +"and alter items in that file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/calendar-marcus-bains-line.page:17 +msgid "The red \"Marcus Bains\" line displays the current time." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/calendar-marcus-bains-line.page:20 +msgid "Time display in the Day view" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-marcus-bains-line.page:22 +msgid "" +"The red Marcus Bains Line in the Day view of the calendar is a marker to " +"show the current date and time." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:22 +msgid "Ask somebody else to run the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:25 +msgid "Delegating Meetings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:27 +msgid "" +"Only attendees of a meeting can delegate a meeting, but not the organizer of " +"a meeting." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:32 +msgid "Right-click on the meeting that you want to delegate." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:35 +msgid "Click Delegate Meeting." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:38 +msgid "Select the contacts you want to delegate the meeting to." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:41 C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:43 +#: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:34 C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:69 +#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:32 +#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:47 +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:35 +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:40 +#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:36 C/mail-filters.page:50 +#: C/mail-filters.page:71 C/mail-search-folders-add.page:46 +#: C/using-categories.page:51 C/using-categories.page:53 +msgid "Click OK." +msgstr "Натисніть кнопку Гаразд." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:45 +msgid "Each contact receives a copy of the meeting invitation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/calendar-meetings.page:17 +msgid "Using meetings in the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/calendar-meetings.page:20 +msgid "Meetings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:5 +msgid "Accepting and replying to a meeting invitation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:23 +msgid "Replying to a Meeting Request" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:24 +msgid "" +"Meeting requests are sent as attachments and displayed as the body of an " +"email. All the details about the event are shown, including time and dates." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:25 +msgid "" +"You can choose whether and how to reply to the invitation and add a personal " +"comment to your reply. Available options are to Decline, " +"Tentatively Accept (Tentative), or Accept. You can " +"also decide whether the time of the meeting will still be shown as free in " +"your calendar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:27 +msgid "" +"If the meeting request already includes a reminder you can import the reminder to your calendar by " +"enabling Inherit reminder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:29 +msgid "" +"If you click Accept the event is added automatically to the " +"calendar that you have chosen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:30 +msgid "" +"After you have added the meeting to your calendar, you can make changes to " +"the meeting, but if the original organizer sends out an update, your changes " +"might be overwritten." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:32 +msgid "" +"Under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksMeeting InvitationsConflict Search you " +"can define which calendars are used for warning you of meeting conflicts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:23 +msgid "Sending a Meeting Invitation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:26 +msgid "Sending a Meeting Invitation" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:28 +msgid "" +"When you create a meeting (group appointment), you can specify the attendees " +"in several categories, such as \"chair\" or \"required\". When you save the " +"meeting listing, each attendee is sent an email with the meeting " +"information, which also gives them the option to respond." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:33 +msgid "" +"If you do not need to collect attendance information when you're scheduling " +"an event, and would rather just announce the event, right-click the meeting " +"and select Forward as iCalendar.... This opens a new email " +"message with the event notification attached as an announcement. Recipients " +"can add the event to their calendars with one click, but it will not " +"automatically send you email about whether they plan to attend." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:40 +msgid "To schedule a meeting:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:48 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple email accounts, select the one to use by selecting an " +"item in the Organizer field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:52 +#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:36 +msgid "Select a calendar in the Calendar drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:59 +msgid "" +"Click View in the menu bar to show or hide the Type, " +"Role, Status, and RSVP fields." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:64 +#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:39 C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:47 +msgid "Enter a brief summary in the Summary field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:67 +#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:42 +msgid "(Optional) Type a location in the Location field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:70 +#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:45 +msgid "" +"To select this event as an all day event, click OptionsAll Day Event, or click the All Day Event " +"button on the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:75 +#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:50 +msgid "Select the date and time." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:78 +msgid "" +"If the event is not an all day event, select either For to " +"specify the duration, or select Until to specify the ending time " +"of the event." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:83 +#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:53 +msgid "(Optional) Enter a description in the Description field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:87 +msgid "" +"To query free/busy information for " +"the attendees, click the Free/Busy button on the " +"toolbar, or the Schedule tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:92 +msgid "Click Save to save the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:96 +msgid "" +"An email is sent out to all the recipients, inviting them to your event." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:99 +#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:62 +msgid "" +"You can also define a time zone, a " +"category, a reminder, a recurrence, or a classification for the event, or add an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:107 +msgid "" +"In Evolution, a meeting can have only one organizer, and only the " +"organizer can add participants to that meeting. Though it is possible to " +"change the organizer of a meeting, this is not recommended as a means to " +"invite additional participants to meetings. If you want to invite additional " +"people to a meeting and are not that meeting's organizer, it is recommended " +"that you forward the invitation message you received from the original " +"meeting organiser to additional participants." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/calendar-organizing.page:18 +msgid "On using several calendars, searching, and categories." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/calendar-organizing.page:21 +msgid "Sorting and organizing calendars" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/calendar-publishing.page:25 +msgid "Post your calendar content in public." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/calendar-publishing.page:28 +msgid "Calendar Publishing" +msgstr "Публікація календарів" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-publishing.page:30 +msgid "" +"In order to make one of your calendars available to the public, you can " +"define calendars to be uploaded to a web server under EditPreferences Calendar and Tasks Publishing " +"Information LocationsAdd." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-publishing.page:40 +msgid "" +"You can specify the online location, the frequency of publishing, which " +"calendar(s) to publish, and authentication information for uploading." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-publishing.page:47 +msgid "" +"To immediately publish calendar information, click ActionsPublish Calendar Information in the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/calendar-recurrence.page:23 +msgid "Repeating appointments." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/calendar-recurrence.page:26 +msgid "Using Recurrence" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-recurrence.page:28 +msgid "" +"If you have an appointment that takes place regularly, you can define its " +"recurrence by clicking the Recurrence button in the " +"Appointment Editor or by clicking OptionsRecurrence. You can then choose a time and date when " +"the appointment stops recurring, and, under Exceptions, pick " +"individual days when the appointment does not recur. Make your selections " +"from left to right, and you form a sentence: \"Every two weeks on Monday and " +"Friday until January 3, 2015\" or \"Every month on the first Friday for 12 " +"occurrences.\"" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/calendar-searching.page:27 +msgid "Searching appointments and meetings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/calendar-searching.page:30 +msgid "Searching for Calendar Items" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/calendar-searching.page:33 C/contacts-searching.page:43 +#: C/mail-searching.page:39 C/memos-searching.page:39 C/tasks-searching.page:39 +msgid "Quick Search" +msgstr "Швидкий пошук" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/calendar-searching.page:35 +msgid "" +"In the Calendar view, you can quickly search for appointments and meetings " +"either by summary or by category." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/calendar-searching.page:38 C/memos-searching.page:41 +#: C/tasks-searching.page:41 +msgid "Searching by summary:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-searching.page:42 C/contacts-searching.page:50 +#: C/memos-searching.page:43 C/tasks-searching.page:43 +msgid "Click the search icon <_:media-1/> to expand the drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-searching.page:47 C/contacts-searching.page:55 +#: C/mail-searching.page:43 C/memos-searching.page:44 C/tasks-searching.page:44 +msgid "Select the search condition from the list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-searching.page:50 C/contacts-searching.page:58 +#: C/mail-searching.page:50 C/memos-searching.page:45 C/tasks-searching.page:45 +msgid "Enter the text you want to search for and press Enter." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-searching.page:53 C/calendar-searching.page:67 +#: C/contacts-searching.page:62 C/contacts-searching.page:76 +#: C/mail-searching.page:51 C/memos-searching.page:46 C/memos-searching.page:52 +#: C/tasks-searching.page:46 C/tasks-searching.page:52 +msgid "Evolution displays the search results." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/calendar-searching.page:57 C/contacts-searching.page:66 +#: C/memos-searching.page:48 C/tasks-searching.page:48 +msgid "Searching by category:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-searching.page:61 C/contacts-searching.page:70 +#: C/memos-searching.page:50 C/tasks-searching.page:50 +msgid "Click the Show drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-searching.page:64 C/contacts-searching.page:73 +#: C/memos-searching.page:51 C/tasks-searching.page:51 +msgid "Select the category from the list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/calendar-searching.page:71 +msgid "" +"To go through the results you can use the two arrow buttons next to the " +"search field. This searches in currently enabled calendars. It searches from " +"the currently selected day in the given direction, in a range of 10 years by " +"default." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/calendar-searching.page:76 C/contacts-searching.page:80 +#: C/mail-searching.page:55 C/memos-searching.page:54 C/tasks-searching.page:54 +msgid "" +"If you want to set several search conditions, you should use an Advanced " +"search, which is described below." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/calendar-sharing-information.page:17 +msgid "" +"Make your information (appointments and free/busy times) available to others." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/calendar-sharing-information.page:21 +msgid "Sharing your calendar information" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/calendar-timezones.page:22 +msgid "Using time zones in the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/calendar-timezones.page:25 +msgid "Using time zones" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-timezones.page:27 +msgid "Evolution supports using multiple time zones." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/calendar-timezones.page:30 +msgid "Setting your global timezone(s)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/calendar-timezones.page:32 +msgid "" +"By default Evolution uses the system-wide time zone. This can be " +"changed under EditPreferences Calendar " +"and TasksGeneralTime Time zone." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/calendar-timezones.page:37 +msgid "" +"If you deal a lot with people in another specific time zone you can display " +"that second time zone in the day view of the calendar. You can set a second " +"time zone under EditPreferences Calendar " +"and TasksGeneralTime Second zone." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/calendar-timezones.page:46 +msgid "Setting a timezone for an appointment" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/calendar-timezones.page:48 +msgid "" +"You can also configure time zone information specific to each appointment. " +"To do that, add a new or edit an existing " +"appointment. Under Time zone, click Select… to customize the time zone. For example, if you live in New " +"York but have a telephone meeting set with someone in California, you need " +"to make sure that your schedules are coordinated. Setting time zones on a " +"per-appointment basis helps avoid that potential confusion." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:17 +msgid "Adding an appointment." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:20 +msgid "Adding an Appointment" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:24 +msgid "" +"Click FileNewAppointment, " +"or double-click in a blank space in the calendar to open the Appointment " +"dialog. The particular time on the calendar view against which you have " +"double clicked on will be suggested for the new appointment. You can also " +"directly write in the calendar and then adjust the duration by dragging it " +"with the mouse." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:33 +msgid "If you use the Appointment dialog:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:56 +msgid "" +"To show the time as busy to others, " +"click Options Show Time as Busy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/calendar-usage-delete-appointment.page:17 +msgid "Deleting an appointment in your calendar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/calendar-usage-delete-appointment.page:20 +msgid "Deleting an Appointment" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-usage-delete-appointment.page:22 +msgid "" +"If you want to delete an appointment in your calendars, right-click on the " +"appointment in the calendar and select Delete Appointment, or " +"click on the appointment and click Delete in the tool bar or " +"press CtrlD. If you are in the list view you can also use " +"EditDelete Appointment." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:17 +msgid "Editing in appointment in your calendar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:20 +msgid "Editing an Appointment" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:22 +msgid "" +"If you want to change an appointment that already exists in your calendars:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:27 +msgid "Double-click on the appointment that you want to edit in the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:31 +msgid "" +"Edit the appointment (see Adding an Appointment for the list of available options)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:36 C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:29 +#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:49 C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:27 +#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:29 C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:27 +msgid "" +"Click the Save button, or FileSave." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/calendar-usage.page:18 +msgid "On adding, editing, and deleting appointments." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/calendar-usage.page:21 +msgid "Add, Edit, and Delete Appointments" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:25 +msgid "Adding and using more than one calendar and different types." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:28 +msgid "Using several calendars" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:30 +msgid "" +"You can have multiple calendars and overlay them one over the other. For " +"example, you might have a schedule of events for work, one for home, and one " +"for your favorite sports team. The side bar lists those calendars, and you " +"can select or deselect the boxes next to them to show and hide the " +"appointments in your calendar view. By hiding and showing different sets of " +"appointments, you can be sure to avoid conflicts, while keeping a minimum of " +"clutter in your view." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:38 +msgid "Appointments for each calendar appear in different color." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:40 +msgid "" +"You can also use calendars that are not on your computer, such as on the " +"internet or in a local network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:43 +msgid "" +"For example, the icalshare.com website has an extensive list of shared online calendars, including national " +"and religious holidays, phases of the moon, sports, and local and regional " +"events." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/calendar-weather.page:17 +msgid "Display the weather in the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/calendar-weather.page:20 +msgid "Using a weather calendar" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/calendar-weather.page:22 C/calendar-webdav.page:21 +msgid "Calendars of this type are read-only." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-weather.page:33 +msgid "Select the type Weather." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-weather.page:46 +msgid "Choose a location by selecting continent, country and city." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-weather.page:53 +msgid "Choose the temperature unit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/calendar-webdav.page:16 +msgid "Using an online Webcal/WebDAV calendar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/calendar-webdav.page:19 +msgid "Using a WebDAV calendar" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-webdav.page:32 C/tasks-caldav.page:25 C/tasks-webdav.page:27 +msgid "Select the type On the Web." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/calendar-webdav.page:52 C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:35 +#: C/tasks-webdav.page:33 +msgid "Enter your username." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:21 +msgid "" +"Automatically add senders of mail that you have received to your contacts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:25 +msgid "Adding people automatically to my contacts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:27 +msgid "" +"You can add people automatically to your contacts when you reply to received " +"email." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:30 C/mail-attachments-sending.page:46 +#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:31 +#: C/mail-composer-external-editor.page:25 +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:27 +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:28 +#: C/mail-received-notification.page:30 +msgid "Select EditPlugins." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:31 +msgid "Enable Automatic Contacts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:32 C/mail-attachments-sending.page:48 +#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:33 +#: C/mail-composer-external-editor.page:28 +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:29 +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:30 +#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:37 +#: C/mail-received-notification.page:32 +msgid "" +"If a plugin is not available under EditPlugins, then please ask in a support forum of your distribution. Your " +"distribution might have decided to disable some plugins or to ship plugins " +"in a separate package." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:34 +msgid "" +"Go to EditPreferencesContacts " +"Automatic Contacts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:36 +msgid "" +"Enable Create address book entries when sending emails and select " +"an address book in the drop-down field below that will receive the new " +"contacts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:41 +msgid "" +"From now on, contacts will be automatically created for senders of received " +"mail when you reply to that mail." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:27 +msgid "" +"Autocompletion of names and email addresses entered in the mail composer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:30 +msgid "Autocompletion of mail recipients" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:32 +msgid "" +"You can enter the first three letters of names and email addresses in the " +"recipients text field and Evolution will present you with a list " +"of matches from your address books." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:36 +msgid "" +"To enable autocompletion, go to EditPreferencesContacts Autocompletion and choose the " +"address books from the list that Evolution should look in for " +"matches." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:41 +msgid "" +"Select Always show address of the autocompleted contact to also " +"show the email address along with the name. This can be helpful to " +"distinguish if a contact has several email addresses." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:45 +msgid "" +"Alternately, you can click the To:, Cc:, or Bcc: buttons to get a list of the email addresses in your contacts. Select " +"addresses and click the arrow buttons to move them into the appropriate " +"address columns." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/contacts-google.page:18 +msgid "Use the online address book of your Google account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/contacts-google.page:21 +msgid "Using a Google addressbook" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-google.page:23 +msgid "" +"To add such an address book to Evolution, perform the following " +"steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-google.page:28 C/contacts-ldap.page:40 C/contacts-local.page:27 +msgid "" +"Click FileNew Address Book." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-google.page:53 C/contacts-local.page:41 +msgid "" +"The address book will be added to the list of address books in " +"Evolution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/contacts-ldap.page:25 +msgid "Use shared address books on a local network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/contacts-ldap.page:28 +msgid "Adding LDAP access" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-ldap.page:30 +msgid "" +"The LDAP protocol was created to let users share contact information over a " +"network by sharing access to a central directory. LDAP allows a company to " +"maintain a shared set of contact information. Many companies keep a common " +"LDAP address book for all their employees or for client contacts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/contacts-ldap.page:36 +msgid "Adding an LDAP address book" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-ldap.page:44 +msgid "" +"In the General tab, select the type On LDAP Servers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-ldap.page:51 +msgid "" +"Enter the address of the server, the port number (the default number is 389) " +"and whether you want to connect securely." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-ldap.page:55 +msgid "Define the login method and your username." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-ldap.page:61 +msgid "In the Details tab you can define the following settings:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-ldap.page:65 +msgid "" +"Search Base: The search base is the starting point for a directory search. " +"Contact your system administrator for information about the correct settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-ldap.page:70 +msgid "Search Scope: The search scope is the breadth of a given search." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-ldap.page:71 +msgid "The following options are available:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-ldap.page:74 +msgid "One: Searches the Search Base and one entry below it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-ldap.page:77 +msgid "Sub: Searches the Search Base and all entries below it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-ldap.page:82 +msgid "" +"Search Filter: The search filter can be set here for all the LDAP queries. " +"For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-ldap.page:86 +msgid "ObjectClass=*: Lists all the objects from the server." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-ldap.page:90 +msgid "ObjectClass=User: Lists only the users." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-ldap.page:93 +msgid "" +"Filter (|(ObjectClass=User)(ObjectClass=groupOfNames)): " +"Retrieves the User and Contact List objects." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-ldap.page:97 +msgid "" +"(&(mail=*)(ObjectClass=*)): Lists the objects associated " +"with the email addresses." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-ldap.page:103 +msgid "" +"Timeout (minutes): The maximum time Evolution attempts to " +"download data from the server before giving up." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-ldap.page:107 +msgid "" +"Download Limit: The maximum number of results for a given search. Most " +"servers refuse to send more than 500 contacts, but you can set the number " +"lower if you want to shorten downloads for very broad searches." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/contacts-ldap.page:117 +msgid "If you are unsure about some settings, ask your system administrator." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/contacts-ldap.page:124 +msgid "Differences to local address books" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/contacts-ldap.page:126 +msgid "" +"LDAP address books work like local address books on your computer, with the " +"following exceptions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-ldap.page:131 +msgid "" +"Network folders are only available when you are connected to the network. If " +"you use a laptop or have a modem connection, you might want to copy or cache " +"some of the network directory. You do this by dragging and dropping your " +"desired contacts into the local address books." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-ldap.page:137 +msgid "" +"You can also mark the network folder for offline usage. To mark the folder, " +"right-click the folder, click Properties and select Copy " +"folder content locally for offline operation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-ldap.page:142 +msgid "" +"To prevent excess network traffic, Evolution does not normally " +"load data from the LDAP server upon opening." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-ldap.page:146 +msgid "" +"Depending on your server settings, you might not be able to edit all the " +"fields in a contact stored on an LDAP server. Some servers prohibit some or " +"all changes, and others use a smaller set of fields than Evolution allows. Check with your system administrator if you need different " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:17 +msgid "" +"Using data from Evolution address books in LibreOffice documents." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:21 +msgid "Contacts in LibreOffice" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:23 +msgid "" +"You can use your Evolution address books in LibreOffice " +"Writer as a data source. The following steps refer to LibreOffice " +"version 5.4." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:28 +msgid "" +"Click EditExchange Database… in the " +"menu bar. This will bring up the Exchange Databases dialog box." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:33 +msgid "" +"In the right pane under Available Databases, EvolutionLocal is available as a source. Click on the small triangle to get the list " +"of your Evolution address books." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:38 +msgid "Choose an addressbook and click Define." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:42 +msgid "" +"This makes the Evolution address book the default data source for " +"LibreOffice. You can now select a field to insert into a LibreOffice " +"document via InsertField." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/contacts-local.page:17 +msgid "Adding another local address book." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/contacts-local.page:20 +msgid "Adding another local address book" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-local.page:22 +msgid "" +"To add another local address book to Evolution, perform the " +"following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/contacts-organizing.page:18 +msgid "On address books, searching, contact lists, and categories." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/contacts-organizing.page:21 +msgid "Sorting, organizing and grouping contacts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-organizing.page:23 +msgid "" +"There are several ways how to organize your contacts. You can use several " +"addressbooks and categories, and for conveniently sending messages to a " +"group of people contact lists are available." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/contacts-searching.page:25 +msgid "Searching contacts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/contacts-searching.page:28 +msgid "Searching Contacts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/contacts-searching.page:31 +msgid "Searching in a Single Contact" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/contacts-searching.page:33 +msgid "" +"To find text in the displayed contact, select EditFind in Contact… from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/contacts-searching.page:40 +msgid "Searching Across Contacts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/contacts-searching.page:44 +msgid "" +"In the Contacts view, you can quickly search for contacts either by category " +"or by contact's info." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/contacts-searching.page:46 +msgid "Searching by contact's info:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:17 +msgid "Adding a contact to your address book." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:20 +msgid "Adding a Contact" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:24 +msgid "" +"Click FileNewContact, or " +"right-click in a blank space in the list of contacts and click New " +"Contact…, or press ShiftCtrlC." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:31 C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:51 +msgid "" +"Select the address book under Where: to which it will be added." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:35 +msgid "Enter the contact information. Note that there are several tabs." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:38 +msgid "" +"You can add a photograph to the contact by clicking the large field (showing " +"a stylized person) next to Full Name and Categories." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:48 +msgid "Contact Quick-Add from the Email Window" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:50 +msgid "You can also add a contact directly from an email." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:54 +msgid "Right-click on the email address in the message header." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:57 +msgid "Select Add to Address Book…." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:60 +msgid "" +"Either press Edit Full to bring up the full " +"Contact Editor, or click OK to " +"directly add the contact to the chosen address book." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/contacts-usage-delete-contact.page:17 +msgid "Deleting a contact from your address book." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/contacts-usage-delete-contact.page:20 +msgid "Deleting a Contact" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-usage-delete-contact.page:22 +msgid "" +"If you want to delete a contact in your address books, right-click on the " +"contact and select Delete, or click on the contact and click " +"Delete in the tool bar or press CtrlD, or click EditDelete Contact." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:17 +msgid "Editing a contact in your address book." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:20 +msgid "Editing a Contact" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:22 +msgid "" +"If you want to change a contact that already exists in your address books," +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:27 +msgid "" +"Double-click on the contact that you want to edit in the list of contacts, " +"or select the contact and press Enter." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:31 +msgid "Edit the contact information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/contacts-usage.page:17 +msgid "On adding, editing, and deleting contacts in address books." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/contacts-usage.page:20 +msgid "Add, Edit, and Delete Contacts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:23 +msgid "Using contact lists for grouping contacts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:26 +msgid "Using Contact Lists" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:28 +msgid "" +"A contact list is a set of contacts with a single nickname that you create. " +"When you send mail to this nickname it is actually sent to every member of " +"the list. This differs from a \"real\" mailing list in that it exists only " +"on your computer as a convenience to you, rather than as an actual email " +"address managed by a mailing list application on a server." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:34 +msgid "" +"For example, you could create one contact for each family member, then add " +"those contacts to a contact list called \"Family\". Then, instead of " +"entering each person's email address individually, you can send emails to " +"\"Family\" and the messages would go to all of them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:40 +msgid "Creating a contact list" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:44 +msgid "" +"Click FileNew Contact List." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:55 +msgid "" +"Specify the list members by either entering the names or email addresses of " +"contacts (the text field supports autocompletion), or by dragging contacts " +"from the Contacts window into the list, or by using the Select… button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:61 +msgid "" +"Choose whether you want to hide the email addresses when you send a message " +"to the list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:62 +msgid "" +"Unless it is a very small list, it is recommended that you leave the " +"addresses hidden. This is the same thing as using the “Bcc:” feature " +"discussed in Sending a " +"message to several recipients." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:73 +msgid "" +"The contact list will be added to the chosen address book in Evolution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:79 +msgid "Sending messages to a contact list" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:81 +msgid "" +"To send a message to the contact list, enter the name that you chose for the " +"contact list as the recipient in the mail composer. You can also right-click " +"the contact list in your address book and select Send Message to List." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page:17 +msgid "" +"Adding different types of address books and using more than one address book." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page:21 +msgid "Adding and creating address books" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page:23 +msgid "" +"You can have multiple address books. For example, you might have one address " +"book for work related contacts and one for private contacts. The side bar " +"lists those address books, and you can select which address book is shown." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page:28 +msgid "" +"You can also use address books that are not on your computer, such as on the " +"internet (e.g. Google) or in a local network (e.g. LDAP)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/credits.page:5 +msgid "Credits and Acknowledgment." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/credits.page:20 +msgid "Credits and Acknowledgment" +msgstr "Подяки та присвяти" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/credits.page:23 +msgid "Authors of the Evolution User Documentation" +msgstr "Автори документації користувача Evolution" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/credits.page:25 C/credits.page:54 +msgid "André Klapper" +msgstr "André Klapper" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/credits.page:28 +msgid "April Gonzalez" +msgstr "April Gonzalez" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/credits.page:31 +msgid "Barbara M. Tobias" +msgstr "Barbara M. Tobias" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/credits.page:34 +msgid "Phil Bull" +msgstr "Phil Bull" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/credits.page:41 +msgid "Translators of the Evolution User Documentation" +msgstr "Перекладачі документації користувача Evolution" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. TO TRANSLATORS: This is shown in the 'Translators of the User +#. Documentation' section. Please REPLACE this string by adding your own +#. names here so you get some well-deserved fame on the interwebs! Do NOT +#. use '\n' for linebreaks or square brackets for potential email +#. addresses here as this will not work. Thanks for all your hard work! +#. andre +#: C/credits.page:42 +msgid "(Not applicable to the English version)" +msgstr "Юрій Чорноіван" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/credits.page:46 +msgid "Authors of the previous version" +msgstr "Автори попередньої версії" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/credits.page:88 +msgid "Contact information" +msgstr "Інформація про контакт" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/credits.page:89 +msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project:" +msgstr "Проєкт з документування GNOME:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/credits.page:91 +msgid "" +"Website" +msgstr "Сайт" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/credits.page:94 +msgid "" +"Mailing list" +msgstr "" +"Список листування" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/customize-ui-items.page:18 +msgid "" +"Moving and changing tool bar buttons, menu entries, and keyboard shortcuts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/customize-ui-items.page:21 +msgid "Customizing tool bar and menu items" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/customize-ui-items.page:24 +msgid "" +"These steps are for tech savvy users. These steps are not suitable for " +"average users." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/customize-ui-items.page:27 +msgid "" +"Evolution offers no graphical interface to customize its tool " +"bars or items in menus." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/customize-ui-items.page:29 +msgid "" +"Advanced users can experiment by exploring and editing the corresponding " +"system-wide file(s) under $PREFIX/share/evolution/ui/." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/customize-ui-items.page:31 +msgid "" +"Copy those files with the file ending .ui which you would like " +"to modify to your personal configuration folder $HOME/.config/" +"evolution/ui/. Modify the files in your personal configuration folder " +"so the next Evolution software update will not overwrite your " +"changes." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/customize-ui-items.page:34 +msgid "" +"The modified files will be used if the evolution-ui-version " +"attribute of the root ui element matches the version of the " +"default files provided by Evolution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/customize-ui-items.page:36 +msgid "" +"To change keyboard shortcuts, edit ~/.config/evolution/accels " +"while Evolution is not running. Commented lines start with a " +"; character and will be ignored. Not all shortcuts can be " +"changed though." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/data-storage.page:5 +msgid "Where does Evolution store my data on the harddisk?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/data-storage.page:20 +msgid "Data storage locations" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/data-storage.page:23 +msgid "This is only relevant for advanced users who want to debug problems." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/data-storage.page:26 +msgid "" +"Evolution 3.6 and later stores its data according to the XDG " +"Base Directory Specification. By default this means:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/data-storage.page:30 +msgid "The user's data files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/data-storage.page:31 +msgid "$HOME/.local/share/evolution" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/data-storage.page:34 +msgid "Various configuration and state files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/data-storage.page:35 +msgid "$HOME/.config/evolution" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/data-storage.page:38 C/mail-working-offline.page:32 +msgid "Account settings" +msgstr "Параметри облікового запису" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/data-storage.page:39 +msgid "$HOME/.config/evolution/sources" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/data-storage.page:42 +msgid "Configuration settings in GSettings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/data-storage.page:43 +msgid "$HOME/.config/dconf" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/data-storage.page:44 +msgid "" +"This location also includes settings of other applications. To output only " +"Evolution related data on the screen, the Dconf commands dconf dump /org/" +"gnome/evolution/ and dconf dump /org/gnome/evolution-data-server/" +" can be used." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/data-storage.page:47 +msgid "Disposable data caches" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/data-storage.page:48 +msgid "$HOME/.cache/evolution" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/default-browser.page:7 +msgid "" +"Opening links from an email in a browser and opening the mail composer from " +"an email link on a website." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/default-browser.page:22 +msgid "Opening links in and from the web browser" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/default-browser.page:27 +msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#: C/default-browser.page:31 +msgid "" +"In case you use Evolution under a different environment from " +"GNOME," +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/default-browser.page:34 +msgid "Open a terminal application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/default-browser.page:37 +msgid "" +"Find out the name of the .desktop file for your preferred " +"browser. Depending on your browser and distribution, the file might be " +"called for example epiphany.desktop, firefox.desktop, " +"google-chrome.desktop, konqbrowser.desktop, or " +"opera-browser.desktop. If you are unsure you can look up most " +".desktop files in the folder /usr/share/applications/." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/default-browser.page:40 C/default-browser.page:46 +msgid "" +"Type this command, replace browser.desktop by the actual " +"filename, and press Enter:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/default-browser.page:52 +msgid "" +"Evolution may need to be restarted for the settings to take " +"effect." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/default-browser.page:56 +msgid "" +"If the error message \"xdg-settings: command not found\" is shown, you need " +"to install the package xdg-utils." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#: C/default-browser.page:59 +msgid "" +"Install xdg-utils" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: choose/p +#: C/default-browser.page:64 +msgid "" +"Please see the GNOME " +"Desktop Help." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: choose/p +#: C/default-browser.page:66 +msgid "" +"If the preferred browser is set as default application but still does not " +"work correctly please contact your distribution via their forum or bug " +"tracker." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/default-browser.page:69 +msgid "" +"If the error message \"Could not open the link: Operation not supported\" is " +"shown, you need to install the package gvfs." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#: C/default-browser.page:72 +msgid "" +"Install gvfs" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/default-browser.page:81 +msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/default-browser.page:83 +msgid "" +"Please see the GNOME Desktop " +"Help." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/default-browser.page:88 +msgid "Advanced options" +msgstr "Додаткові параметри" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/default-browser.page:89 +msgid "" +"If you have a technical background you can also tweak these settings by " +"defining scheme-handlers in $HOME/.local/share/applications/mimeapps." +"list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/deleting-appointments.page:5 +msgid "Deleting calendar entries to reduce the size of the mailbox." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/deleting-appointments.page:20 +msgid "Deleting old appointments permanently" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/deleting-appointments.page:22 +msgid "" +"To Purge old entries in a calendar, go to ActionsPurge in the Calendar view. You will be asked how " +"many days old the events to remove from the calendar should be. The action " +"will be applied to the currently opened calendar (selected in the list of " +"calendars on the left); other calendars remain unchanged." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/deleting-emails.page:5 +msgid "Deleting emails or attachments to reduce the size of the mailbox." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/deleting-emails.page:26 +msgid "Deleting emails or attachments permanently" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/deleting-emails.page:29 C/import-supported-file-formats.page:28 +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:142 C/intro-main-window.page:35 +msgid "Mail" +msgstr "Пошта" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/deleting-emails.page:30 +msgid "" +"Evolution deletes emails on IMAP servers by marking the " +"messages for deletion; space is not freed until you expunge the " +"marked emails." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/deleting-emails.page:32 +msgid "" +"To Expunge a specific folder, go to FolderExpunge or press CtrlE. To " +"Expunge all folders, go to FileEmpty Trash. This applies to other types of accounts as well." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/deleting-emails.page:36 +msgid "Attachments" +msgstr "Долучення" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/deleting-emails.page:37 +msgid "" +"To delete the attachments of an email, select the message and click " +"MessageRemove Attachments." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/deleting-to-free-disk-space.page:5 +msgid "" +"Deleting emails and calendar entries to reduce the size of the files used by " +"Evolution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/deleting-to-free-disk-space.page:20 +msgid "Freeing disk space by deleting items" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/exporting-data-calendar.page:5 +msgid "How to export calendar data from Evolution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/exporting-data-calendar.page:20 +msgid "Exporting calendar data" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/exporting-data-calendar.page:22 +msgid "" +"To export a complete calendar, right-click on the calendar in the list of " +"calendars and click Save as. Available formats are iCalendar " +"format (ICS, recommended), comma separated values (CSV), and RDF format." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/exporting-data-calendar.page:23 +msgid "" +"If you want to export only one appointment (or task or memo), either select " +"the appointment and select FileSave as iCalendar…, or right-click on the appointment and click Save as " +"iCalendar…." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:5 +msgid "How to export contacts data from Evolution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:23 +msgid "Exporting contacts data" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:25 +msgid "" +"Contacts files are stored in a database, but can be saved as a vCard file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:26 +msgid "" +"To export a complete address book, click FileSave " +"Address Book As vCard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:27 +msgid "" +"If you want to export only one contact, click FileSave as vCard or right-click on the contact and " +"click Save as vCard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/exporting-data-mail.page:5 +msgid "How to export mail data from Evolution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/exporting-data-mail.page:20 +msgid "Exporting mail data" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/exporting-data-mail.page:22 +msgid "" +"To save an email to a file in mbox format, select an email and click FileSave as mbox… or right-click on the message and " +"click Save as mbox…." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/exporting-data-mail.page:24 +msgid "" +"The same steps apply to save a complete mail folder, but you have to mark " +"all messages in it first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/exporting-data-mail.page:25 C/mail-filters.page:30 +msgid "" +"You can select all messages in a folder by clicking EditSelect All or pressing CtrlA." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/exporting-data.page:5 +msgid "How to export data from Evolution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/exporting-data.page:20 +msgid "Exporting data from Evolution" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/flatpak-limitations.page:5 +msgid "Limitations when using a Flatpak package of Evolution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/flatpak-limitations.page:20 +msgid "Cannot print mail, add or save attachments, or open the help" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/flatpak-limitations.page:22 +msgid "" +"If you run a Flatpak version of " +"Evolution, then there are several limitations. Examples are:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/flatpak-limitations.page:26 +msgid "" +"Adding attachments to an email or saving attachments from an email might not " +"be possible." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/flatpak-limitations.page:28 +msgid "" +"You cannot print an email to a printer. This is a limitation of the underlying WebKitGTK " +"library." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/flatpak-limitations.page:31 +msgid "" +"To print an email to a file, you can run flatpak run --filesystem=home " +"org.gnome.Evolution as a workaround." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/flatpak-limitations.page:33 +msgid "" +"The local user documentation might not included, to make the package smaller." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/google-services.page:5 +msgid "Using Google services." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/google-services.page:18 +msgid "Using Google services" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:5 +msgid "Importing data from Mozilla Thunderbird." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:20 +msgid "Mozilla" +msgstr "Mozilla" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:25 +msgid "" +"Find your Thunderbird profile folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:26 C/import-apps-outlook.page:62 +#: C/import-single-files.page:24 +msgid "Click FileImport." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:27 C/import-apps-outlook.page:63 +#: C/import-single-files.page:25 +msgid "" +"In the Importer Type tab, click Import a single file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:28 +msgid "" +"Go to the folder in which Thunderbird stores its data. You will " +"have to make sure to show hidden files in the file selector dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:31 +msgid "" +"If you would like to import Thunderbird mail, go to Mail/" +"Local Folders (for local mail accounts) or ImapMail/servername (for remote mail accounts). servername will be the " +"address of your remote mail server. Files without a file ending include your " +"messages (not the .msf files)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:32 +msgid "" +"If you would like to import Thunderbird/Lightning calendar data, " +"you may be able to export your Thunderbird events as an ." +"ical/.ics file first, and import these files into " +"Evolution. This is required as Thunderbird stores its " +"calendar data in a non-standard database format." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:34 C/import-apps-outlook.page:64 +#: C/import-single-files.page:26 +msgid "The file type will be automatically determined." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:35 +msgid "" +"Choose the destination (e.g. the folder or calendar in Evolution) " +"for the imported data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:36 C/import-apps-outlook.page:68 +msgid "Repeat the import steps until you have imported all your data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/import-apps-kmail.page:5 +msgid "" +"If KMail data cannot be found by the Evolution " +"importer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/import-apps-kmail.page:19 +msgid "KMail" +msgstr "KMail" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/import-apps-kmail.page:21 +msgid "Note that Evolution only recognized KDE 4 directories:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-apps-kmail.page:23 +msgid "$HOME/.kde4/share/apps/kmail/mail for mail" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-apps-kmail.page:24 +msgid "$HOME/.kde4/share/apps/kabc for contacts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:5 +msgid "Importing data from Microsoft Outlook." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:23 +msgid "Outlook" +msgstr "Outlook" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:28 +msgid "" +"These steps refer to locally stored data such as POP accounts. For remote " +"data (like IMAP) this is not necessary, since the data is still on the " +"server and does not need to be manually transferred. You can set up the " +"corresponding account in Evolution and the data will be " +"downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:31 +msgid "Prerequisites under Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:32 +msgid "First, while using Microsoft Windows, prepare your messages for import:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:34 +msgid "" +"Find your Outlook files (they normally have the file ending .pst or .ost):" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:37 +msgid "Windows 7, Windows Vista" +msgstr "Windows 7, Windows Vista" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:37 +msgid "Windows XP" +msgstr "Windows XP" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:40 +msgid "Outlook 2010" +msgstr "Outlook 2010" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:40 +msgid "C:\\Users\\username\\My Documents\\Outlook Files" +msgstr "C:\\Users\\ім'я_користувача\\My Documents\\Outlook Files" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:40 +msgid "" +"C:\\Documents and Settings\\username\\My Documents\\Outlook Files" +msgstr "" +"C:\\Documents and Settings\\ім'я_користувача\\My Documents\\Outlook" +" Files" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:43 +msgid "Outlook 2007 and earlier" +msgstr "Outlook 2007 та старіші версії" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:43 +msgid "C:\\Users\\username\\AppData\\Local\\Microsoft\\Outlook" +msgstr "" +"C:\\Users\\ім'я_користувача\\AppData\\Local\\Microsoft\\Outlook" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:43 +msgid "" +"C:\\Documents and Settings\\username\\AppData\\Local\\Microsoft" +"\\Outlook" +msgstr "" +"C:\\Documents and Settings\\ім'я_користувача\\AppData\\Local\\Microsoft" +"\\Outlook" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:46 +msgid "(Replace \"username\" by your username.)" +msgstr "" +"(Замініть «ім'я_користувача» назвою вашого облікового запису у системі.)" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:49 +msgid "" +"Copy the Outlook files to the system or partition that Evolution " +"is installed on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:50 +msgid "" +"As your Windows hard drive is probably in the NTFS format, some Linux " +"systems cannot read it without additional software. You might find it " +"simpler to copy the mail folders to a USB drive or to burn a CD." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:55 +msgid "Importing into Evolution" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:57 +msgid "" +"Depending on your last step, either plug in the disk or USB drive with the " +"data and wait until the file manager window opens, or mount your Windows " +"drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:58 +msgid "" +"Copy all the mail files into your home directory or another convenient place." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:59 C/mail-filters-not-working.page:48 +msgid "Start Evolution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:60 +msgid "" +"Optionally select FileNewMail Folder to create the folders you " +"want." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:64 +msgid "" +"Choose the Outlook personal folders (.pst) file that you would like to " +"import." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:65 +msgid "" +"If the option to import Outlook personal folders (.pst files) is not " +"available under FileImportImport single " +"fileFile type, your distribution might have not " +"enabled this functionality." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:67 C/import-single-files.page:27 +msgid "" +"Choose the destination (e.g. the folder in Evolution) for the " +"imported data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/import-data.page:5 +msgid "Importing data from another application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/import-data.page:20 +msgid "Importing data from another application" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/import-data.page:23 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/import-single-files.page:5 +msgid "Importing single files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/import-single-files.page:20 +msgid "Importing single files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/import-single-files.page:22 +msgid "To import single files (mail, calendar data or contacts):" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-single-files.page:26 +msgid "Choose the file." +msgstr "Виберіть файл." + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/import-single-files.page:30 +msgid "" +"You can also import contacts that you have received as a vCard attachment of " +"an email from its attachment menu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/import-single-files.page:32 +msgid "" +"When setting File type to Contacts CSV or Tab, the " +"column headers must correspond to the first entry in each item in English in " +"the importer code for Evolution, Mozilla and Outlook." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:5 +msgid "Supported file formats for importing data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:23 +msgid "Supported file formats" +msgstr "Підтримувані формати файлів" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:25 +msgid "Evolution can import the following types of files:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:30 +msgid "Berkeley Mailbox (.mbox or no extension):" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:32 +msgid "" +"The email format used by Mozilla, Netscape, " +"Evolution (for local folders until version 2.32), Eudora, and many other email clients." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:34 +msgid "Maildir (no extension):" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:36 +msgid "" +"The format used by Evolution (for local folders since version " +"3.0). There is no need to import Maildir files as you can configure a Maildir account in Evolution and point to the folder where the Maildir " +"files are stored." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:38 +msgid "Outlook Express 5/6 Personal Folders (.dbx):" +msgstr "Особисті теки Outlook Express 5/6 (.dbx)" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:40 +msgid "" +"The email file format used by Microsoft Outlook Express 5/6. For " +"newer versions PST import is recommended." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:46 C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:254 +#: C/intro-main-window.page:98 +msgid "Calendar" +msgstr "Календар" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:48 +msgid "vCalendar (.vcs):" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:50 +msgid "" +"A format for storing calendar files, which is generally used by " +"Evolution, Microsoft Outlook, Sunbird, and " +"Korganizer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:52 +msgid "iCalendar or iCal (.ics):" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:54 +msgid "" +"A format for storing calendar files. iCalendar is used by Evolution, Microsoft Outlook, Palm OS handhelds, and others." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:60 C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:326 +#: C/intro-main-window.page:144 +msgid "Contacts" +msgstr "Контакти" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:62 +msgid "LDAP Data Interchange Format (.ldif):" +msgstr "Формат обміну даними системи LDAP (.ldif):" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:64 +msgid "A standard data format for contact cards." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:66 +msgid "vCard (.vcf, .gcrd):" +msgstr "vCard (.vcf, .gcrd):" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:68 +msgid "" +"The address book format used by the GNOME, KDE, and many other contact " +"management applications. You should be able to export to vCard format from " +"any address book application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:74 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "Різне" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:76 +msgid "Evolution/Mozilla/Outlook CSV/Tab (.csv, .tab):" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:78 +msgid "" +"CSV (Comma-separated values) or Tabulator files saved by using " +"Evolution, Microsoft Outlook and Mozilla." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:80 +msgid "Outlook Personal Folders (.pst):" +msgstr "Особисті теки Outlook (.pst):" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:82 +msgid "" +"A file format used to store local copies of messages, calendar events, and " +"other items within Microsoft software such as Microsoft Exchange " +"Client, Windows Messaging, and Microsoft Outlook. It is also called \"Personal Storage Table\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/index.page:5 +msgid "Manage your email, contacts and schedule" +msgstr "Ваша електронна пошта та розклад" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.page:7 +msgctxt "text" +msgid "Evolution Mail and Calendar" +msgstr "Електронна пошта та календар Evolutuion" + +#. (itstool) path: media/span +#: C/index.page:25 +msgid "Evolution logo" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/index.page:23 +msgid "<_:media-1/> Evolution Mail and Calendar" +msgstr "<_:media-1/> Електронна пошта та календар Evolutuion" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/index.page:31 C/intro-application.page:24 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Початкові зауваження" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/index.page:35 +msgid "Mail Management" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/index.page:37 +msgid "Advanced Mail Management" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/index.page:42 +msgid "Mail Composing" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/index.page:44 +msgid "Advanced Mail Composing" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/index.page:49 +msgid "Calendar Management" +msgstr "Керування календарем" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/index.page:51 +msgid "Advanced Calendar Management" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/index.page:56 +msgid "Contacts Management" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/index.page:60 +msgid "Memos and Tasks Management" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/index.page:64 +msgid "Data Migration and Synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/index.page:68 +msgid "Tracking down Problems" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/index.page:72 +msgid "Common Mail Questions and Problems" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/index.page:76 +msgid "Common Other Questions and Problems" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/index.page:80 +msgid "Further reading" +msgstr "Інформація для подальшого ознайомлення" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/intro-application.page:5 +msgid "An introduction to Evolution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/intro-application.page:25 +msgid "" +"Evolution allows you to access your personal information like " +"your calendars, mail, address books and tasks in one place." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/intro-application.page:27 +msgid "" +"By default Evolution opens the mail view. This is where you can " +"view all your mail. You can change to other views of the application by " +"going to the bottom of the left pane in the window (the so-called \"switcher" +"\") and selecting the desired view. Learn " +"more about the elements of the main window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/intro-application.page:29 +msgid "" +"When Evolution starts, it remembers the last view that you used. " +"However you can also explicitly start Evolution in a specific " +"view. For the calendar view, use the command evolution --" +"component=calendar in the Terminal application. Other " +"available options are \"mail\", \"contacts\", \"tasks\", and \"memos\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/intro-first-run.page:8 +msgid "Set up email accounts, import data, or restore from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/intro-first-run.page:23 +msgid "Starting Evolution for the first time" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/intro-first-run.page:25 +msgid "" +"The first time you run Evolution, it opens the First-Run " +"Assistant. It helps you set up email accounts and import data from other applications." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/intro-first-run.page:27 +msgid "" +"This assistant is not shown if there is an already configured e-mail account " +"in Online accounts " +"as that account is automatically picked by Evolution. Not all " +"options of such accounts can be edited in Evolution and such " +"accounts can only be removed in Online accounts itself." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/intro-first-run.page:30 C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:29 +#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:29 +#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:30 +#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:29 +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:29 +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:29 +#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:29 +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:29 +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:29 +#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:29 +msgid "Identity" +msgstr "Особисті дані" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/intro-first-run.page:31 C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:30 +#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:30 +#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:31 +#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:30 +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:30 +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:30 +#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:30 +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:30 +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:30 +#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:30 +msgid "Here you define your name and your email address." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/intro-first-run.page:32 C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:31 +#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:31 +#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:32 +#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:31 +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:31 +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:31 +#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:31 +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:31 +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:31 +#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:31 +msgid "" +"Optionally you can set a Reply-To email address (if you want replies to " +"messages sent to a different address), set an organization (a company or " +"organization you represent when you send email from this account), your " +"default signature for " +"this account, and email aliases." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/intro-first-run.page:36 +msgid "Restore from backup" +msgstr "Відновлення з резервної копії" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/intro-first-run.page:37 +msgid "" +"You will be asked whether to restore from a backup of a previous version. If " +"you do not have a backup, go to the next page." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/intro-first-run.page:41 +msgctxt "ui:collapsed" +msgid "Show how to restore from a backup" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/intro-first-run.page:51 C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:23 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:23 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:26 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:23 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:23 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:23 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:30 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:23 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:23 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:26 +msgid "Receiving Email" +msgstr "Отримання пошти" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/intro-first-run.page:52 +msgid "" +"First, choose the server type from the Server Type drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/intro-first-run.page:53 +msgid "" +"If you are unsure about the type of server to choose, ask your system " +"administrator or Internet Service Provider." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/intro-first-run.page:55 +msgid "" +"Later on, if you want to change an account, or if you want to create another " +"one, go to EditPreferencesMail Accounts. Select the account you want to change, then click Edit. Alternately, add a new account by clicking Add." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/intro-first-run.page:58 +msgid "IMAP+" +msgstr "IMAP+" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/intro-first-run.page:59 +msgid "" +"Keeps the mail on the server so you can access your mail from multiple " +"systems." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/intro-first-run.page:63 C/intro-first-run.page:79 +#: C/intro-first-run.page:95 C/intro-first-run.page:119 +#: C/intro-first-run.page:143 C/intro-first-run.page:159 +#: C/intro-first-run.page:175 C/intro-first-run.page:191 +#: C/intro-first-run.page:207 C/intro-first-run.page:223 +#: C/intro-first-run.page:250 +msgctxt "ui:collapsed" +msgid "Show how to configure this account type" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/intro-first-run.page:65 C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:23 +msgid "IMAP+ receiving options" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/intro-first-run.page:74 +msgid "POP" +msgstr "POP" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/intro-first-run.page:75 +msgid "Downloads your email to your hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/intro-first-run.page:81 C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:27 +msgid "POP receiving options" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/intro-first-run.page:90 +msgid "USENET News" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/intro-first-run.page:91 +msgid "" +"Connects to a news server and downloads a list of available news digests." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/intro-first-run.page:97 C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:23 +msgid "Usenet news receiving options" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/intro-first-run.page:106 +msgid "Exchange EWS" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/intro-first-run.page:107 +msgid "" +"For connecting to a Microsoft Exchange 2007/2010 or OpenChange server. Note " +"that this is currently under development and will replace the Exchange " +"MAPI account type in the future. It might not be available yet for " +"your distribution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/intro-first-run.page:109 +msgid "This requires having the evolution-ews package installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/intro-first-run.page:112 C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:30 +msgid "" +"Install evolution-ews" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/intro-first-run.page:121 C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:20 +msgid "Exchange Web Services receiving options" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/intro-first-run.page:130 +msgid "Exchange MAPI" +msgstr "Exchange MAPI" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/intro-first-run.page:131 +msgid "For connecting to a Microsoft Exchange 2007/2010 or OpenChange server." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/intro-first-run.page:133 +msgid "This requires having the evolution-mapi package installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/intro-first-run.page:136 C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:41 +msgid "" +"Install evolution-mapi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/intro-first-run.page:145 C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:20 +msgid "Exchange MAPI receiving options" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/intro-first-run.page:154 +msgid "Local delivery" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/intro-first-run.page:155 +msgid "" +"Local delivery: If you want to move email from the spool (the location where " +"mail waits for delivery) and store it in your home directory. You need to " +"provide the path to the mail spool you want to use. If you want to leave " +"email in your system's spool files, choose the Standard Unix Mbox " +"Spool option instead." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/intro-first-run.page:161 C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:20 +msgid "Local delivery receiving options" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/intro-first-run.page:170 +msgid "MH-Format Mail Directories" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/intro-first-run.page:171 +msgid "For downloading email using MH or another MH-style application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/intro-first-run.page:177 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:20 +msgid "MH-format mail directories receiving options" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/intro-first-run.page:186 +msgid "Maildir-Format Mail Directories" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/intro-first-run.page:187 +msgid "" +"Maildir-Format Mail Directories: For downloading your email using Qmail or " +"another Maildir-style application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/intro-first-run.page:193 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:20 +msgid "Maildir-format mail directories receiving options" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/intro-first-run.page:202 +msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool file" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/intro-first-run.page:203 +msgid "" +"Standard Unix mbox spool file: For reading and storing email in the mail " +"spool file on your local system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/intro-first-run.page:209 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:20 +msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool file receiving options" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/intro-first-run.page:218 +msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool directory" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/intro-first-run.page:219 +msgid "" +"Standard Unix mbox spool directory: For reading and storing email in the " +"mail spool directory on your local system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/intro-first-run.page:225 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:20 +msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool directory receiving options" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/intro-first-run.page:234 +msgid "None" +msgstr "Немає" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/intro-first-run.page:235 +msgid "If you do not plan to use Evolution for receiving email." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви не плануєте користуватися Evolution для отримання" +" електронної пошти." + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/intro-first-run.page:241 C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:32 +msgid "Sending mail" +msgstr "Надсилаємо пошту" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/intro-first-run.page:242 +msgid "Available server types are:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/intro-first-run.page:245 +msgid "SMTP" +msgstr "SMTP" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/intro-first-run.page:246 +msgid "" +"Sends mail using an outbound mail server. This is the most common choice for " +"sending mail." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/intro-first-run.page:252 C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:26 +msgid "SMTP sending options" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/intro-first-run.page:261 +msgid "Sendmail" +msgstr "Sendmail" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/intro-first-run.page:262 +msgid "" +"Uses the Sendmail application to send mail from your system. It " +"is not easy to configure, so you should select this option only if you know " +"how to set up a Sendmail service." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/intro-first-run.page:268 +msgid "Account Information" +msgstr "Інформація про обліковий запис" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/intro-first-run.page:269 +msgid "Give the account any name you prefer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/intro-first-run.page:273 +msgid "Importing Mail (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/intro-first-run.page:274 +msgid "" +"Continue with Importing data from another " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:5 +msgid "Keyboard shortcuts that can save you some time." +msgstr "Клавіатурні скорочення, які можуть заощадити ваш час." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:25 C/mail-composer-reply.page:41 +msgid "Shortcut keys" +msgstr "Клавіатурні скорочення" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:27 +msgid "" +"This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use " +"Evolution more efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:31 +msgid "" +"In addition to the shortcuts listed below, you can also use accelerators to " +"navigate with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32 +msgid "" +"Hold down the Alt key to reveal accelerators: underlined " +"letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press Alt " +"plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked " +"on it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40 +msgid "Global" +msgstr "Загальні" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:43 +msgid "Ctrl1" +msgstr "Ctrl1" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:46 +msgid "Select Mail component." +msgstr "Вибрати компонент «Пошта»." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:49 +msgid "Ctrl2" +msgstr "Ctrl2" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52 +msgid "Select Contacts component." +msgstr "Вибрати компонент «Контакти»." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:55 +msgid "Ctrl3" +msgstr "Ctrl3" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58 +msgid "Select Calendars component." +msgstr "Вибрати компонент «Календарі»." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:61 +msgid "Ctrl4" +msgstr "Ctrl4" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:64 +msgid "Select Tasks component." +msgstr "Вибрати компонент «Завдання»." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67 +msgid "Ctrl5" +msgstr "Ctrl5" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:70 +msgid "Select Memos component." +msgstr "Вибрати компонент «Примітки»." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73 +msgid "CtrlN" +msgstr "CtrlN" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:76 +msgid "Create a new item in current component." +msgstr "Створити запис у поточному компоненті." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:79 +msgid "F6" +msgstr "F6" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:82 +msgid "Cycle focus between panes." +msgstr "Циклічний перехід фокусування між панелями." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:85 +msgid "ShiftCtrlQ" +msgstr "ShiftCtrlQ" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:88 +msgid "Clear search bar." +msgstr "Очистити панель пошуку." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:91 +msgid "CtrlW" +msgstr "CtrlW" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:94 +msgid "Close window." +msgstr "Закрити вікно." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:97 +msgid "ShiftCtrlW" +msgstr "ShiftCtrlW" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:100 +msgid "Open new window." +msgstr "Відкрити нове вікно." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:103 +msgid "CtrlQ" +msgstr "CtrlQ" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106 +msgid "Quit Evolution." +msgstr "Вийти з Evolution." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:109 +msgid "CtrlP" +msgstr "CtrlP" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:112 +msgid "Print selection." +msgstr "Друк вибраного." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:115 +msgid "CtrlS" +msgstr "CtrlS" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:118 +msgid "Save selection." +msgstr "Зберегти позначене." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121 +msgid "Del or Backspace" +msgstr "Del або Backspace" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124 +msgid "Delete selection." +msgstr "Вилучити позначене." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:127 +msgid "ShiftCtrlV" +msgstr "ShiftCtrlV" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:130 +msgid "Move mails or contacts to folder." +msgstr "Перемістити пошту чи контакти до теки." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:133 +msgid "ShiftCtrlY" +msgstr "ShiftCtrlY" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:136 +msgid "Copy mails or contacts to folder." +msgstr "Копіювати пошту або контакти до теки." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:145 +msgid "ShiftCtrlM" +msgstr "ShiftCtrlM" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:148 +msgid "Create a new message." +msgstr "Створити нове повідомлення." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:151 +msgid "F12" +msgstr "F12" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:154 +msgid "Send and receive messages." +msgstr "Надіслати і отримати повідомлення." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:157 C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:293 +msgid "CtrlY" +msgstr "CtrlY" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:160 +msgid "Apply filters to selection." +msgstr "Застосувати фільтри до вибраного." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:163 +msgid "CtrlO or Return" +msgstr "CtrlO або Return" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:166 +msgid "Open selection in new window." +msgstr "Відкрити вибране у новому вікні." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:169 +msgid "CtrlF" +msgstr "CtrlF" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:172 +msgid "Forward selection." +msgstr "Переспрямувати позначене." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:175 C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:305 +msgid "CtrlK" +msgstr "CtrlK" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:178 +msgid "Mark the selection as read." +msgstr "Позначити вибране як прочитане." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:181 +msgid "CtrlShiftK" +msgstr "CtrlShiftK" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:184 +msgid "Mark the selection as unread." +msgstr "Позначити вибране як непрочитане." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:187 +msgid "↓" +msgstr "↓" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:190 +msgid "Jump to next message." +msgstr "Перейти до наступного повідомлення." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:193 +msgid "↑" +msgstr "↑" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:196 +msgid "Jump to previous message." +msgstr "Перейти до попереднього повідомлення." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:199 +msgid ". or ]" +msgstr ". або ]" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:202 +msgid "Jump to next unread message." +msgstr "Перейти до наступного непрочитаного повідомлення." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:205 +msgid ", or [" +msgstr ", або [" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:208 +msgid "Jump to previous unread message." +msgstr "Перейти до попереднього непрочитаного повідомлення." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:211 C/mail-composer-reply.page:43 +msgid "CtrlR" +msgstr "CtrlR" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:214 +msgid "Reply to sender." +msgstr "Відповісти відправнику." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:217 C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:317 +#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:45 +msgid "CtrlL" +msgstr "CtrlL" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:220 +msgid "Reply to list." +msgstr "Відповісти до списку листування." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:223 C/mail-composer-reply.page:47 +msgid "ShiftCtrlR" +msgstr "ShiftCtrlR" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:226 +msgid "Reply to all recipients." +msgstr "Відповісти всім одержувачам." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:229 +msgid "Backspace" +msgstr "Backspace" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:232 +msgid "Scroll up." +msgstr "Гортати вгору." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:235 +msgid "Space" +msgstr "Пробіл" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:238 +msgid "Scroll down." +msgstr "Гортати вниз." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:242 +msgid "" +"Space and Backspace also allow navigating in unread " +"mail across folders:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:244 +msgid "" +"When you press the Spacebar for the first time, it takes you to the next " +"unread message." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:245 +msgid "" +"If the message is more than one screen long, Space works as " +"Page Down." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:246 +msgid "" +"If you press Space after you reach the bottom of the page, it " +"takes you to the next unread message." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:247 +msgid "" +"If there are no more unread messages in the mailbox, pressing Space takes you to the next unread message in the next folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:248 +msgid "" +"If new messages arrive in a number of folders, Space toggles " +"between those folders. This feature allows you to switch to the next unread " +"message in a different folder without clicking the folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:249 +msgid "" +"Backspace has the same behavior but reverted: It scrolls up in a " +"message and can jump to the next unread message in the previous folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:257 +msgid "ShiftCtrlA" +msgstr "ShiftCtrlA" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:260 +msgid "Create a new appointment." +msgstr "Створити нову зустріч." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:263 +msgid "ShiftCtrlE" +msgstr "ShiftCtrlE" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:266 +msgid "Create a new meeting." +msgstr "Створити новий запит на зібрання." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:269 +msgid "ShiftCtrlT" +msgstr "ShiftCtrlT" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:272 +msgid "Create a new task." +msgstr "Створити нове завдання." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:275 +msgid "ShiftCtrlO" +msgstr "ShiftCtrlO" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:278 +msgid "Create a new memo." +msgstr "Створити нову примітку." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:281 +msgid "CtrlT" +msgstr "CtrlT" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:284 +msgid "Go to today." +msgstr "Перейти до сьогоднішнього дня." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:287 +msgid "CtrlG" +msgstr "CtrlG" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:290 +msgid "Go to date." +msgstr "Перейти до дати." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:299 +msgid "CtrlJ" +msgstr "CtrlJ" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:311 +msgid "CtrlM" +msgstr "CtrlM" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:329 +msgid "ShiftCtrlC" +msgstr "ShiftCtrlC" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:332 +msgid "Create a new contact." +msgstr "Створити новий контакт." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:335 +msgid "ShiftCtrlL" +msgstr "ShiftCtrlL" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:338 +msgid "Create a new contact list." +msgstr "Створити новий список контактів." + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:344 +msgid "Changing keyboard shortcuts" +msgstr "Внесення змін до клавіатурних скорочень" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:345 +msgid "" +"Advanced users can customize keyboard shortcuts by editing $HOME/." +"config/evolution/accels." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:345 +msgid "" +"See this blog post for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/intro-main-window.page:5 +msgid "An explanation of the areas shown in the Evolution window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/intro-main-window.page:29 +msgid "The Evolution main window" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:32 +msgid "" +"Evolution provides functionality for Email, Calendar, Contacts, " +"Tasks, and Memos. You can switch to another functionality by using the " +"\"Switcher\" buttons in the lower left corner. Depending on the displayed " +"functionality also the displayed elements in the window differ." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/intro-main-window.page:37 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='./figures/window-overview-layers.png' " +"md5='e8970a16606fd7c6665afbc404a8c220'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='./figures/window-overview-layers.png' " +"md5='e8970a16606fd7c6665afbc404a8c220'" + +#. (itstool) path: media/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:38 +msgid "The Evolution mail main window" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:41 +msgid "Corresponding elements in the mail main window:" +msgstr "Елементи головного вікна роботи з поштою:" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:44 C/intro-main-window.page:102 +#: C/intro-main-window.page:148 +msgid "<_:media-1/> Menu bar" +msgstr "<_:media-1/> Рядок меню" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:47 C/intro-main-window.page:105 +#: C/intro-main-window.page:151 +msgid "<_:media-1/> Tool bar" +msgstr "<_:media-1/> Панель інструментів" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:50 +msgid "<_:media-1/> Folder list" +msgstr "<_:media-1/> Список тек" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:51 C/intro-main-window.page:109 +#: C/intro-main-window.page:155 +msgid "<_:media-1/> Search bar" +msgstr "<_:media-1/> Панель пошуку" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:54 +msgid "<_:media-1/> Message list" +msgstr "<_:media-1/> Список повідомлень" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:55 +msgid "<_:media-1/> To Do bar" +msgstr "<_:media-1/> Панель «Зробити»" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:58 +msgid "<_:media-1/> Preview pane" +msgstr "<_:media-1/> Панель попереднього перегляду" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:61 C/intro-main-window.page:120 +#: C/intro-main-window.page:161 +msgid "<_:media-1/> Switcher" +msgstr "<_:media-1/> Перемикач" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:64 C/intro-main-window.page:123 +#: C/intro-main-window.page:165 +msgid "<_:media-1/> Status bar" +msgstr "<_:media-1/> Смужка стану" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/intro-main-window.page:70 +msgid "Folder list" +msgstr "Список тек" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:71 +msgid "" +"The folder list gives you a list of the available folders for each account. " +"To see the contents of a folder, click the folder name and its contents are " +"displayed in the message list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:72 +msgid "" +"For more information see Using Folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/intro-main-window.page:75 +msgid "Message List" +msgstr "Список повідомлень" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:76 +msgid "" +"The message list displays all the read and unread messages that you have in " +"the chosen folder. To view an email in the preview pane, click the message " +"in the message list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/intro-main-window.page:79 +msgid "Switcher" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:80 +msgid "" +"The switcher at the bottom of the side bar lets you switch between the " +"Evolution tools: Mail, Contacts, Calendars, Memos and Tasks." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:81 +msgid "" +"You can disable the folder list and the switcher side bar by toggling " +"ViewLayoutShow Side Bar or " +"pressing F9." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/intro-main-window.page:84 +msgid "Preview Pane" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:85 +msgid "" +"The preview pane displays the message that is currently chosen in the " +"message list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:86 +msgid "" +"You can disable the preview pane by toggling ViewPreviewShow Message Preview." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/intro-main-window.page:89 +msgid "To Do bar" +msgstr "Панель «Зробити»" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:90 +msgid "" +"The to do bar displays calendar appointments and tasks with due dates within " +"the next seven days." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:91 +msgid "" +"You can disable the to do bar by toggling ViewLayoutShow To Do Bar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:94 +msgid "" +"If you ever accidentially hide the menu bar, press Alt and re-" +"enable it by toggling ViewLayoutShow Menu " +"Bar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:99 +msgid "Elements in the calendar main window:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:108 +msgid "<_:media-1/> Calendar list" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:112 +msgid "<_:media-1/> Appointment list" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:113 +msgid "Task list" +msgstr "Список завдань" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:116 +msgid "Month pane" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:117 +msgid "Memo list" +msgstr "Список приміток" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/intro-main-window.page:128 +msgid "Appointment List" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:129 +msgid "" +"The appointment list displays all your scheduled appointments in the time " +"frame selected." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/intro-main-window.page:132 +msgid "Month Pane" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:133 +msgid "" +"The month pane is a small view of a calendar month. To display additional " +"months, drag the column border to the right. You can also select a range of " +"days in the month pane to display a custom range of days in the appointment " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/intro-main-window.page:136 +msgid "Task list and Memo list" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:137 +msgid "" +"Tasks and memos are just displayed for your convenience and are not " +"associated to any appointments. Use the switcher to go to their " +"main windows." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:145 +msgid "Elements in the contacts main window:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:154 +msgid "<_:media-1/> Address book list" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:158 +msgid "<_:media-1/> Contacts list" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:162 +msgid "<_:media-1/> Contact preview" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/intro-main-window.page:168 +msgid "" +"You can disable the contact preview by toggling ViewPreviewContact Preview." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/link +#: C/legal.xml:5 +msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License" +msgstr "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License" + +#. (itstool) path: license/p +#: C/legal.xml:4 +msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>." +msgstr "Ця робота розповсюджується за умов дотримання <_:link-1/>." + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page:5 +msgid "How to set up a Gmail IMAP Account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page:24 +msgid "Access a Gmail IMAP Account via Evolution" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page:26 +msgid "" +"To access Gmail via IMAP you must turn on IMAP in your Google account. See " +"the Gmail Help for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page:28 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to set up Gmail as an online account in GNOME. Please " +"refer to the GNOME Desktop Help for more " +"information. After doing so, the Gmail account will be listed in Evolution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page:30 +msgid "" +"For configuring the account in Evolution, refer to the IMAP+ mail account settings. Note that not " +"all options of such accounts can be edited in Evolution and such " +"accounts can only be removed in Online accounts itself." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page:33 +msgid "" +"As an alternative to setting up an online account in GNOME, allow access for less " +"secure apps in your Gmail account settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page:35 +msgid "" +"For performance reasons it is recommended to Use a Real Folder for " +"Trash by setting it to [GMail]/Trash and to Use a Real " +"Folder for Junk by setting it to [GMail]/Spam under the " +"account's Defaults." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:5 +msgid "How to set up a Gmail POP Account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:28 +msgid "Access a Gmail POP Account via Evolution" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:30 +msgid "" +"Follow these steps to set up your Gmail POP Account in Evolution:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:33 +msgid "Log in to your Gmail account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:34 +msgid "" +"Go to SettingsForwarding and POP/IMAP. Refer to the POP Download section." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:35 +msgid "" +"Enable the POP download feature by ticking the radio button that corresponds " +"to either of these options:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:37 +msgid "Enable POP for all mail (even mail that's already been downloaded)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:38 +msgid "Enable POP for mail that arrives from now on" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:41 +msgid "Specify the other required settings for this Gmail feature." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:42 +msgid "" +"To know the Gmail Account settings, click on Configuration " +"instructions. Choose I want to enable POP and select " +"Other from the list of clients." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:43 +msgid "" +"On your Evolution client, go to EditPreferencesMail Accounts. Click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:44 +msgid "" +"Provide the required information. For the account settings, refer to Step 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:46 +msgid "" +"Allow access for less secure apps in your Gmail account settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:5 +msgid "Add and edit an IMAP+ mail account in Evolution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:20 +msgid "IMAP+ mail account settings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:23 +#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:23 +#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:23 +#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:23 +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:23 +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:23 +#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:23 +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:23 +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:23 +#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:23 +msgid "Account Editor" +msgstr "Редактор облікових записів" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:24 +#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:24 +#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:25 +#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:24 +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:24 +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:24 +#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:24 +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:24 +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:24 +#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:24 +msgid "" +"Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether " +"to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:25 +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:25 +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:25 +#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:25 +msgid "" +"Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit or by " +"right-clicking on the respective top-level node in the folder list and " +"choosing Properties." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:26 +#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:26 +#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:27 +#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:26 +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:26 +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:26 +#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:26 +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:26 +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:26 +#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:26 +msgid "The following settings are available when editing an existing account:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:36 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Receiving Email and Receiving options (IMAP+ accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:38 +#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:38 +#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:39 +#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:38 +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:38 +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:38 +#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:38 +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:38 +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:38 +#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:38 +msgid "Receiving Email and Receiving options" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:43 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Sending Email (IMAP+ accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:45 +#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:45 +#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:46 +#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:45 +#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:45 +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:45 +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:45 +#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:45 +msgid "Sending Email" +msgstr "Відсилання пошти" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:50 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Defaults (IMAP+ accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:52 +#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:52 +#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:53 +#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:52 +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:45 +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:45 +#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:52 +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:52 +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:52 +#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:52 +msgid "Defaults" +msgstr "Умовчання" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:57 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Composing Messages (IMAP+ accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:59 +#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:59 +#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:60 +#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:59 +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:52 +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:52 +#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:59 +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:59 +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:59 +#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:59 +msgid "Composing Messages" +msgstr "Створення повідомлення" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:64 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Security (IMAP+ accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:66 +#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:66 +#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:67 +#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:66 +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:59 +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:65 +#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:66 +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:66 +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:66 +#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:66 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Безпека" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:75 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Other settings (IMAP+ accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:77 +#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:75 +msgid "Other settings" +msgstr "Інші параметри" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:78 +#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:76 +msgid "" +"Other account related settings that are not located in the Account " +"Editor:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:5 +msgid "Add and edit a Local Delivery account in Evolution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:20 +msgid "Local Delivery account settings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:25 +#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:26 +#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:25 +#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:25 +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:25 +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:25 +msgid "" +"Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:36 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Receiving Email and Receiving options (Local Delivery accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:43 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Sending Email (Local Delivery accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:50 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Defaults (Local Delivery accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:57 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Composing Messages (Local Delivery accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:64 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Security (Local Delivery accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:5 +msgid "" +"Add and edit a Maildir Format Mail Directories account in Evolution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:20 +msgid "Maildir Format Mail Directories account settings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:24 +msgid "Evolution supports the Maildir++ specification." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:37 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "" +"Receiving Email and Receiving options (Maildir Format Mail Directories " +"accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:44 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Sending Email (Maildir Format Mail Directories accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:51 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Defaults (Maildir Format Mail Directories accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:58 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Composing Messages (Maildir Format Mail Directories accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:65 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Security (Maildir Format Mail Directories accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-account-management.page:5 +msgid "Adding, editing and managing mail accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-account-management.page:20 +msgid "Account Management" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-account-management.page:23 +msgid "Common Account Types" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-account-management.page:27 +msgid "Local Account Types" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-account-management.page:31 +msgid "Corporate Account Types" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:5 +msgid "" +"Add and edit a MH Format Mail Directories account in Evolution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:20 +msgid "MH Format Mail Directories account settings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:36 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "" +"Receiving Email and Receiving options (MH Format Mail Directories accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:43 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Sending Email (MH Format Mail Directories accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:50 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Defaults (MH Format Mail Directories accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:57 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Composing Messages (MH Format Mail Directories accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:64 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Security (MH Format Mail Directories accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:5 +msgid "" +"Add and edit a Microsoft Exchange 2007 or 2010 account in Evolution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:20 +msgid "Exchange Web Services account settings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:36 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Receiving Email and Receiving options (Exchange Web Services accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:43 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Defaults (Exchange Web Services accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:50 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Composing Messages (Exchange Web Services accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:57 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Security (Exchange Web Services accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:63 +msgid "Out of Office" +msgstr "За межами офісу" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:64 +msgid "" +"Define the email reply to automatically send to internal or external persons " +"in a certain time period." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:68 +msgid "Delegates" +msgstr "Делегати" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:69 +msgid "" +"Define who can send emails and reply to meeting requests on your behalf." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:5 +msgid "Add and edit a Microsoft Exchange MAPI account in Evolution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:20 +msgid "Exchange MAPI account settings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:36 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Receiving Email and Receiving options (Exchange MAPI accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:43 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Defaults (Exchange MAPI accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:50 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Composing Messages (Exchange MAPI accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:57 +msgid "Exchange Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:58 +msgid "In this section you can view the size of all Exchange folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:63 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Security (Exchange MAPI accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:7 +msgid "Add and edit a Microsoft Exchange account in Evolution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:22 +msgid "Microsoft Exchange account settings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:24 +msgid "" +"Depending on the version of the Microsoft Exchange server that you would " +"like to connect to it is required to make sure that an additional package is " +"installed that provides this functionality." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:26 +msgid "" +"For Microsoft Exchange 2007, 2010 and newer it is recommended to use the " +"package evolution-ews." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:36 +msgid "" +"For older versions of Microsoft Exchange, or if evolution-ews " +"does not work well for you, try evolution-mapi. It uses " +"Microsoft's Messaging API which is also used by Microsoft Outlook. However, " +"evolution-mapi requires installing OpenChange and " +"Samba 4, and is not as performant as evolution-ews." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:46 +msgid "" +"If you are unsure which Microsoft Exchange server version is used, you may " +"want to contact your system administrator for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:48 +msgid "" +"For topics not covered here please refer to the old Evolution manual." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:5 +msgid "Add and edit a POP mail account in Evolution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:20 +msgid "POP mail account settings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:36 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Receiving Email and Receiving options (POP accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:43 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Sending Email (POP accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:50 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Defaults (POP accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:57 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Composing Messages (POP accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:64 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Security (POP accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:5 +msgid "" +"Add and edit a Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory account in Evolution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:20 +msgid "Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory account settings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:36 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "" +"Receiving Email and Receiving options (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory " +"accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:43 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Sending Email (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:50 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Defaults (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:57 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Composing Messages (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:64 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Security (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:5 +msgid "" +"Add and edit a Standard Unix mbox Spool File account in Evolution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:20 +msgid "Standard Unix mbox Spool File account settings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:36 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "" +"Receiving Email and Receiving options (Standard Unix mbox Spool File " +"accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:43 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Sending Email (Standard Unix mbox Spool File accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:50 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Defaults (Standard Unix mbox Spool File accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:57 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Composing Messages (Standard Unix mbox Spool File accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:64 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Security (Standard Unix mbox Spool File accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:5 +msgid "Add and edit a Usenet news account in Evolution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:20 +msgid "Usenet news account settings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:36 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Receiving Email and Receiving options (Usenet News accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:43 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Sending Email (Usenet News accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:50 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Defaults (Usenet News accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:57 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Composing Messages (Usenet News accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:64 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Security (Usenet News accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:73 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Other settings (Usenet News accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-attachments.page:5 +msgid "Handling of file attachments for writing and reading mail" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-attachments.page:18 +msgid "Managing attachments" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:5 +msgid "Saving and opening files that are attached to received emails." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:24 +msgid "Handling attachments in received mail" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:26 +msgid "" +"If you receive an email message with one or more file attachments, " +"Evolution displays the number of attachments and a Save or Save All button between " +"the email header and the content of the email." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:27 +msgid "" +"Evolution does not support saving all attachments of all messages " +"in one folder at once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:29 +msgid "A list of attachments is also available at the bottom of the email." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:30 +msgid "" +"To save an attachment to disk, click the down-arrow next to the attachment " +"icon and click Save As." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:31 +msgid "" +"To open an attachment in another application, click the down-arrow next to " +"the attachment icon and choose one of the available applications." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:33 +msgid "" +"The options available for an attachment vary depending on the type of " +"attachment and the applications that are installed on your system. Your " +"desktop environment's MIME database defines which applications can be used " +"to open a specific file format." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:33 +msgid "" +"To see the list of registered applications for a MIME type, use gio " +"mime. Example: gio mime \"application/pdf\"" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:5 +msgid "Attaching files to emails you want to send." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:24 +msgid "Adding attachments to an email" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:27 +msgid "Attaching files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:28 +msgid "To attach a file to your email in the composer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:30 +msgid "" +"Click Add Attachment…, or click InsertAttachment, or press CtrlM." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:31 +msgid "Select the file you want to attach." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:34 +msgid "You can also drag a file to the attachment bar of the composer window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:36 +msgid "" +"When you send the message, a copy of the attached file goes with it. Be " +"aware that large attachments can take a long time to send and receive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:40 +msgid "Attachment Reminder" +msgstr "Нагадування про долучення" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:42 +msgid "" +"Evolution has an Attachment Reminder plugin you can use to remind " +"yourself to attach a file to an email. If it determines that you have not " +"attached the file, it displays a reminder window before the email is sent." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:44 +msgid "To enable the Attachment Reminder:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:47 +msgid "Enable Attachment Reminder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:50 +#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:35 +#: C/mail-composer-external-editor.page:27 +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:32 +msgid "Click the Configuration tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:51 +msgid "" +"Click Add, then enter keywords in your language " +"such as \"Attach\" or \"enclosed\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:53 +msgid "" +"Based on the keywords you have added, Evolution searches the text " +"of every mail you are going to send. If it finds any of the keywords in your " +"email and there is no actual attached file, the reminder window is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:5 +msgid "Sending invitations for appointments to contacts via email." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:21 +msgid "Sending invitations by email" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:23 +msgid "" +"If you create an event in the calendar component, you can then send " +"invitations to the attendee list through the Evolution email " +"tool. The invitation card is sent as an attachment in iCal format." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:25 +msgid "" +"To send an invitation, right-click on the entry in the calendar and choose " +"Forward as iCalendar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:27 +msgid "When you receive an invitation, you have several options:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:30 +msgid "Accept:" +msgstr "Прийняти:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:31 +msgid "" +"Indicates you will attend the meeting. When you click the OK button, the " +"meeting is entered into your calendar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:33 +msgid "Tentatively Accept:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:34 +msgid "" +"Indicates you will probably attend the meeting. When you click the OK " +"button, the meeting is entered into your calendar, but is marked as " +"tentative." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:36 +msgid "Decline:" +msgstr "Відхилити:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:37 +msgid "" +"Indicates you are unable to attend the meeting. The meeting is not entered " +"into your calendar when you click OK, although your response is sent to the " +"meeting host if you have selected the Send reply to sender option." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:39 +msgid "Send reply to sender:" +msgstr "Надіслати відповідь відправнику:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:40 +msgid "" +"Select this option if you want your response sent to the meeting organizers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:5 +msgid "If you received or sent an email, but you cannot find it anywhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:20 +msgid "I cannot see some emails, where are they?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:24 +msgid "" +"Check whether you are using filters on incoming (or outgoing) messages. These could be automatically " +"moving your messages to another destination." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:27 +msgid "" +"Check your search view in the " +"search bar right above the message list. Perhaps the Show " +"dropdown list is set to a filter like Read Messages, or the text " +"input filed contains some value. Click the broom icon to clear the search " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:30 +msgid "" +"If you cannot see any emails at all in a folder, check that you have not " +"maximized the message preview (so the message list pane is hidden). To do " +"this, click ViewPreviewShow Message " +"Preview." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:33 +msgid "" +"Select both ViewShow Deleted Messages " +"and ViewShow Junk Messages to make " +"sure all messages are visible." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:36 +msgid "" +"Check your folder settings. Perhaps they are set to some other folder than the folder you thought " +"of." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:5 +msgid "Editing the columns displayed in the list of messages." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:20 +msgid "Changing the message list columns" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:22 +msgid "" +"If you want to change the columns in the mail message list, right-click on " +"the column headers and choose either Add a Column… or Remove " +"This Column." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:23 +msgid "" +"If you have a small display, you can replace the Subject column " +"by the Subject - Trimmed which will remove prefixes such as \"Re:" +"\", or you can replace the From column which displays the " +"sender's name and email address by the Sender column which will " +"only display the sender's name." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:25 +msgid "" +"If you would like to have the same column layout in all mail folders except " +"for the Sent folder, you can enable EditPreferencesMail PreferencesGeneralApply the same view settings to all folders. Note " +"that this setting also influences Group by Threads and the Message " +"Preview visibility in all folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:27 +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:57 +msgid "" +"If you would like to have a different sort order and/or columns for specific " +"mail folders, make sure that EditPreferencesMail PreferencesGeneralApply the same view " +"settings to all folders is disabled. You can then change the " +"view and save your changes under ViewCurrent ViewSave Custom View… and apply the view also to other " +"folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-change-time-format.page:5 +msgid "Changing the date and time format in the message list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-change-time-format.page:19 +msgid "Format of dates and time" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-change-time-format.page:20 +msgid "" +"You can change the format of the Date column by setting your " +"preferred format under EditPreferencesMail PreferencesHeadersDate/Time format." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:7 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to change the quotation introduction added when answering " +"mail." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:24 +msgid "Changing the \"On date, person wrote:\" string when replying" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:27 +msgid "" +"You might need to install the dconf-editor package to perform " +"these steps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:30 +msgid "" +"Install dconf-editor" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:35 +msgid "Advanced users can change this string." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:38 +msgid "Open the dconf-editor application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:39 +msgid "Navigate to org.gnome.evolution.mail." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:40 +msgid "" +"Enter the preferred quotation string as the value for the key composer-" +"message-attribution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#. Translators: Do NOT translate the variable names inside the ${brackets}! +#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:43 +msgid "" +"The default string in English is: \"On ${AbbrevWeekdayName}, ${Year}-" +"${Month}-${Day} at ${24Hour}:${Minute} ${TimeZone}, ${Sender} wrote:\"" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:47 +msgid "The following placeholders are available:" +msgstr "Можна скористатися такими замінниками:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:56 +msgid "<_:code-1/> (format: 01-31)" +msgstr "<_:code-1/> (формат: 01-31)" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:57 +msgid "<_:code-1/> (format: 1-31)" +msgstr "<_:code-1/> (формат: 1-31)" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:62 +msgid "<_:code-1/> (format: 1-366)" +msgstr "<_:code-1/> (формат: 1-366)" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:63 +msgid "<_:code-1/> (format: 01-12)" +msgstr "<_:code-1/> (формат: 01-12)" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:66 +msgid "<_:code-1/> (e.g. 15 for the year 2015)" +msgstr "<_:code-1/> (наприклад, 15 для 2015 року)" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:5 +msgid "Using custom fields in the header of composed messages." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:23 +msgid "Custom Header Lines" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:25 +msgid "You can add arbitrary header lines to outgoing emails." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:28 +msgid "Enabling and managing custom headers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:29 +msgid "To set up the Custom Header plugin:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:32 +msgid "Enable Custom Header." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:36 +msgid "" +"You can add, edit, or remove the header fields. For every header field you " +"add, you can specify the keys and values. The key is used as the title of " +"the Custom Header. You can enter multiple values for the keys. You must use " +"a semicolon to separate every value you enter." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:41 +msgid "Inserting custom headers in a message" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:43 +msgid "" +"Click NewMail Message or press " +"ShiftCtrlM to open the " +"message composer window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:44 +msgid "Select InsertCustom Header." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:45 +msgid "" +"In the Email Custom Header window, you can view all the defined " +"header fields and values." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:46 +msgid "Set the values for the header fields by using the dropdown list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page:5 +msgid "Enable HTML format in the mail composer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page:21 +msgid "Enabling HTML format" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page:23 +msgid "" +"You can change the format of an email message from plain text to HTML in the " +"email composer by choosing FormatHTML " +"from the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page:24 +msgid "" +"Alternately, you also can change the first dropdown list below the " +"Subject line from Plain Text to HTML." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page:25 +msgid "" +"If you choose HTML format, a second tool bar will be displayed below the " +"Subject line with HTML-only options." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page:26 +msgid "" +"To send all your mail as HTML by default, enable EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesDefault " +"BehaviorFormat messages in HTML." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-composer-external-editor.page:5 +msgid "Using a text editor application instead of the default mail composer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-composer-external-editor.page:20 +msgid "Using an external editor" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-external-editor.page:22 +msgid "" +"You can compose the body of your message externally in your favorite text " +"editor application so you can use its specific functionality." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-external-editor.page:26 +msgid "Enable External Editor." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-external-editor.page:30 +msgid "Set the corresponding Command to start the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-external-editor.page:31 +msgid "" +"If Automatically launch when a new mail is edited is not set, you " +"need to select FileCompose in External Editor in the mail composer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:5 +msgid "Forwarding a received email to somebody." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:23 +msgid "Forwarding a message" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:25 +msgid "" +"When you receive an email, you can forward it to other individuals or groups " +"that might be interested." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:26 +msgid "" +"You can forward a message as an attachment to a new message (this is the " +"default setting, see Default settings), inline (in your message without the > character before each " +"line), or quoted (with > character before each line)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:27 +msgid "" +"Attachment forwarding is best if you want to send the full, unaltered " +"message to someone else. Inline or Quoted forwarding is best if you want to " +"send portions of a message, or if you have a large number of comments on " +"different sections of the message you are forwarding." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:29 +msgid "To forward a message that you are reading:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:31 +msgid "" +"Click MessageForward, the " +"Forward button in the toolbar, or press CtrlF to use the default forwarding method. In case you " +"want to use a different forward method, click MessageForward as or the small dropdown arrow next to the " +"Forward button in the toolbar to choose the method." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:32 +msgid "" +"Select a recipient for the message. The subject is already entered, although " +"you can alter it if you want." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:33 +msgid "Add your comments on the message in the text field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:34 +msgid "" +"Click Send or press CtrlReturn." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:37 +msgid "" +"Attachments to a message you are forwarding are forwarded only when you send " +"the original message as an attachment. Inline messages do not forward any " +"attachments." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:40 C/mail-composer-reply.page:53 +msgid "Default settings" +msgstr "Типові параметри" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:41 +msgid "" +"The default settings for replying and forwarding can be changed under " +"EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesGeneralReplies and ForwardsForward style." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-composer-forward-as-attachment.page:5 +msgid "How to forward a message with its attachments." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-composer-forward-as-attachment.page:21 +msgid "Forwarding a message with its attachments" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-forward-as-attachment.page:23 +msgid "" +"Click MessageForward as… and choose " +"Attachment, so the forwarded email and also its attachments get " +"attached to the email you want to send." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-composer-forward-as-attachment.page:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to have this setting by default, set EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesForward Style to Attachment." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-composer-from-field-override.page:5 +msgid "" +"Change the sender name and address on the fly by setting arbitrary values." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-composer-from-field-override.page:20 +msgid "Overriding the \"From\" field" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-from-field-override.page:22 +msgid "" +"To set a custom email address and sender name on a message you intend to " +"send, enable ViewFrom Override Field " +"and change the default sender name and email address in the corresponding " +"fields." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#. Translators: If no Wikipedia article exists for your language and you +#. leave the URL untranslated and pointing to the English Wikipedia, you +#. might want to indicate in your translation text that the link is in +#. English. +#: C/mail-composer-from-field-override.page:24 +msgid "" +"This functionality can be useful for wildcard mailboxes when using qmail and " +"sub-" +"addressing." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. Translators: If no Wikipedia article exists for your language and you +#. leave the URL untranslated and pointing to the English Wikipedia, you +#. might want to indicate in your translation text that the link is in +#. English. +#: C/mail-composer-from-field-override.page:26 +msgid "" +"Setting an arbitrary address might collide with your email provider's Sender Policy " +"Framework and/or DomainKeys Identified Mail restrictions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:5 +msgid "Embed a picture in the mail composer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:21 +msgid "Inserting an Image in HTML" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:23 +msgid "" +"You can insert an image into the email (at the current position of the " +"cursor):" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:25 +msgid "" +"Click InsertImage… in the menubar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:26 +msgid "Browse to and select the file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:27 +msgid "Click Open." +msgstr "Клацніть на «Відкрити»." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:30 +msgid "" +"Alternately, you can also use the <_:media-1/> icon in the second bar below " +"the Subject line, or drag an image into the text area of the " +"message composer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:5 +msgid "Insert a link to a website in the mail composer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:21 +msgid "Inserting a Link in HTML" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:24 +msgid "You can insert links into the email:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:26 +msgid "Select the text that you want to turn into a link." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:27 +msgid "" +"Either click InsertLink… in the " +"menubar, or right-click on the selected text and click Insert Link." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:29 C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:28 +#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:29 +msgid "Click Close." +msgstr "Клацніть на «Закрити»." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:32 C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:31 +#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:32 +msgid "" +"Alternately, you can also use the <_:media-1/> icon in the second bar below " +"the Subject line." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:34 +msgid "" +"If you do not want a special link text you can just enter the address of the " +"link directly. It will be automatically recognized as a link." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-composer-html.page:5 +msgid "Changing fonts, using colors, and inserting images, tables and links." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-composer-html.page:21 +msgid "Formatting emails (in Plain Text and HTML)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-html.page:25 +msgid "" +"Text formatting tools for basic alignment and paragraph formatting are " +"located in the tool bar below the Subject line. They also appear " +"in the Insert and Format menus." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-html.page:26 C/mail-composer-html-text.page:24 +#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:24 +msgid "" +"The icons in the tool bar are explained in tooltips which appear when you " +"hold your mouse pointer over the buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-html.page:28 +msgid "" +"Normally, you cannot set text color or size or embed pictures in messages. " +"However, most newer email applications can do this by using HTML format, " +"which is the format that also web pages use." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-html.page:30 +msgid "" +"Some people do not have HTML-capable mail clients, or prefer not to receive " +"HTML-enhanced mail because it is slower to download and display. Because of " +"this, Evolution sends plain text unless you explicitly ask for " +"HTML." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-composer-html.page:33 +msgid "Plain Text Formatting Options" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-composer-html.page:37 +msgid "HTML-only Formatting Options" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:5 +msgid "Insert a horizontal line in the mail composer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:21 +msgid "Inserting a Rule in HTML" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:23 +msgid "" +"You can insert a horizontal line into the email (at the current position of " +"the cursor) to help divide two sections:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:25 +msgid "" +"Click InsertRule… in the menubar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:26 +msgid "Select width, size, and alignment." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:27 +msgid "Select Shaded if wanted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:5 +msgid "Insert a table in the mail composer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:21 +msgid "Inserting a Table in HTML" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:23 +msgid "" +"You can insert a table into the email (at the current position of the " +"cursor):" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:25 +msgid "" +"Click InsertTable… in the menubar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:26 +msgid "Select the number of rows and columns." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:27 +msgid "Define the type of layout for the table." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:28 +msgid "Optionally: Select a background color or image for the table." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:5 +msgid "Change font sizes, styles and colors in the mail composer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:21 +msgid "Formatting Text in HTML" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:23 +msgid "" +"Text formatting tools that are available in HTML format only are located in " +"the second tool bar below the Subject line after enabling HTML " +"format. They also appear in the Insert and Format " +"menus." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:27 +msgid "Text Styles:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:28 +msgid "" +"Use these buttons in the lower tool bar to determine the way your email " +"looks. If you have text selected, the style applies to the selected text. If " +"you do not have text selected, the style applies to whatever you type next." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:32 +msgid "Button" +msgstr "Кнопка" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:33 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Опис" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:36 +msgid "+0" +msgstr "+0" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:37 +msgid "Font size." +msgstr "Розмір шрифту." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:41 +msgid "" +"Color chooser for text. The box displays the current text color. To choose a " +"new color, click the arrow button to the right. If you have text selected, " +"the color applies to the selected text. If you do not have text selected, " +"the color applies to whatever you type next. You can select a background " +"color or image by right-clicking the message background, then selecting " +"StylePage Style." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:44 +msgid "TT" +msgstr "TT" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:45 +msgid "Typewriter text, which is similar to a monospace font." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:48 +msgid "Bold A" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:49 +msgid "Bolds the text." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:52 +msgid "Italic A" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:53 +msgid "Italicizes the text." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:56 +msgid "Underlined A" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:57 +msgid "Underlines the text." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:60 +msgid "Strike through A" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:61 +msgid "Marks a line through the text." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:65 +msgid "" +"The other buttons are explained under ." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-manage.page:5 +msgid "Add, change, edit or delete email signatures." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-manage.page:20 +msgid "Managing signatures" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-manage.page:22 +msgid "" +"You can add, edit and delete all your signatures under EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesSignatures." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-manage.page:23 +msgid "" +"Assigning a default signature to an email account has to be done in the " +"account settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-manage.page:25 +#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures.page:26 +msgid "" +"Per long-" +"standing convention, signatures always start with two dashes and a " +"space in a separate line. This allows many email clients to automatically " +"strip signatures from quotes when replying." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures.page:5 +msgid "Using email signatures at the bottom of a message you send." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures.page:21 +msgid "Working with email signatures" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures.page:23 +msgid "" +"A signature consists of one or more lines of text (or even a picture) that " +"will be added at the end of an email that you send. It can contain contact " +"information or other things." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures.page:24 +msgid "" +"The term \"signature\" is also differently used in terms of encryption." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account.page:5 +msgid "Setting a default signature for an email account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account.page:29 +msgid "Default account signature" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account.page:31 +msgid "" +"You can define a default signature for each of your mail accounts. This can be edited under " +"EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditIdentityOptional Information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account.page:33 +msgid "" +"If you have a signature for your account defined but exceptionally do not " +"want to use it for one message, or want to use a different signature, you " +"can change it via the dropdown menu in the right upper corner in the email " +"composer window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:5 +msgid "Message templates to reuse in the composer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:23 +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:35 +msgid "Message Templates" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:24 +msgid "" +"A message template is a standard message that you can use at any time to " +"send mail with the same pattern." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:25 +msgid "To enable the Message Template Plugin:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:28 +msgid "Enable Templates." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:5 +msgid "Use one of your templates for replying to a message" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:23 +msgid "Using a Template as a Reply" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:27 +msgid "" +"Right-click the message you are replying to, then click Templates." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:28 +msgid "" +"This option lists all the message templates in the Templates " +"folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:31 +msgid "" +"Select the message template of your choice. Make changes if required in the " +"email composer window that will open." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:34 +msgid "Click Send." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:35 +msgid "" +"When you select a message template for replying, the subject of the reply is " +"preserved." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:5 +msgid "Store an existing or new message as a template" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:23 +msgid "Saving Messages as Templates" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:26 +msgid "Saving an Existing Message as a Template" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:28 +msgid "Select the message." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:29 +msgid "" +"Right-click the message and choose Move to folder or Copy to " +"folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:30 +msgid "" +"Select the Templates folder under On This Computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:32 +msgid "You can also edit an existing message and save it as a template:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:34 +msgid "Open the message and click Reply." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:35 +msgid "Edit the message body or the addresses according to your requirements." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:36 +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:47 +msgid "Select FileSave as Template." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:41 +msgid "Saving a New Message as a Template" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:44 +msgid "" +"Click New and enter in the composer window what you need for the " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:5 +msgid "" +"Configure variables in templates and reuse items from the message you reply " +"to" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:23 +msgid "Using Variables in Templates" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:26 +msgid "Configuring Variables for Message Templates" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:29 +msgid "Click Templates." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:33 +msgid "" +"You can add, edit or remove the key-value pairs. You can specify any number " +"of key-value pairs." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:35 +msgid "" +"In any template, the occurrence of every $key is replaced by the value it " +"has in the configuration. For example, if you set the key to Manager and the " +"value to Harry, any occurrence of $Manager is replaced by Harry in the " +"message." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:36 +msgid "" +"Assume that you have 1000 message templates with your current manager's name " +"in them. When the current manager is replaced by a new one, it is not easy " +"for you to manually replace the manager's name in all the 1000 messages. If " +"the messages have a $Manager key value, you can reset the value in the " +"Configuration tab of this plugin." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:37 +msgid "" +"By default, the entire environment variables are used as a key-value pair. " +"An occurrence of $env_variable is replaced by the value it carries. For " +"example, an occurrence of $PATH in your template is replaced by its value " +"when the template is used." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:38 +msgid "The replacement process uses the following order of precedence:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:41 +msgid "" +"$key is replaced by the value set for it in the Configuration tab of the " +"Templates plugin." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:44 +msgid "" +"If the key is not found, it is then replaced with the value of its " +"environment variable." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:47 +msgid "" +"If key is neither a configuration option nor an environment variable, no " +"changes are made." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:54 +msgid "Using Elements From a Message in a Template When Replying" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:55 +msgid "" +"Templates can contain more than just the predefined set of key-value pairs. You can also get any message header " +"values from the email that you are applying the template on, plus the " +"complete message body." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. TO TRANSLATORS: Do NOT translate $ORIG[subject] and $ORIG[body] in this +#. sentence! +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:57 +msgid "" +"In order to do this, use the format $ORIG[header_name] and " +"replace the variable header_name by the actual header. For " +"example, if you would like to insert the subject line of the message that " +"you reply to, use $ORIG[subject]. To insert the complete body, " +"use $ORIG[body]." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. TO TRANSLATORS: Do NOT translate $ORIG[body] and $ORIG[reply-to] in +#. this sentence! +#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:59 +msgid "" +"If no replacement for a variable is found, the variable is not removed " +"(except for $ORIG[body]) but left in place so that you see that " +"something went wrong. This could happen when trying to use headers that are " +"not necessarily always available in the original message (for example " +"$ORIG[reply-to])." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:5 +msgid "Change font alignment and paragraph formatting in the mail composer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:21 +msgid "Formatting Text in Plain Text Format" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:23 +msgid "" +"Text formatting tools are located in the tool bar below the Subject line. They also appear in the Insert and Format " +"menus." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:27 +msgid "Headers and Lists:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:28 +msgid "" +"At the left of the upper tool bar, you can choose Normal for a " +"default text style or Header 1 through Header 6 for " +"varying sizes of header from large (1) to tiny (6). Other styles include " +"Preformat, to use the HTML tag for preformatted blocks of text, " +"and three types of bullet points for lists." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:29 +msgid "" +"For instance, instead of using asterisks to mark a bulleted list, you can " +"use the Bulleted List style from the style dropdown list. " +"Evolution uses different bullet styles, and handles word wrap and " +"multiple levels of indentation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:33 +msgid "Alignment:" +msgstr "Вирівнювання:" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:34 +msgid "" +"Located next to the Headers and Lists dropdown, the three paragraph icons " +"should be familiar to users of most word processing software. The left-most " +"button aligns your text to the left, the center button centers text, and the " +"right button aligns the text to the right." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:38 +msgid "Indentation Rules:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:39 +msgid "" +"The button with the arrow pointing left decreases a paragraph's indentation, " +"and the right arrow increases its indentation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-composer-priority.page:5 +msgid "Setting a priority for messages to be sent." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-composer-priority.page:23 +msgid "Prioritizing outgoing messages" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-priority.page:25 +msgid "" +"You can prioritize a message to be sent, so that the recipient sees its " +"relative importance. To prioritize a message, select OptionsPrioritize Message in the menu of the composer " +"window or click the corresponding toolbar icon." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-composer-priority.page:27 +msgid "" +"Evolution will ignore the message priority of incoming messages " +"because the recipient should decide whether the message is important or not. " +"You can set the \"Important\" flag for any messages." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:5 +msgid "Answering a received email." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:23 +msgid "Replying to a message" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:26 +msgid "Replying to Email Messages" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:27 +msgid "" +"To reply to a message, select the message to reply to in the message list " +"and click the Reply button in the toolbar, or right-click within " +"the message and select Reply to Sender. This opens the message " +"composer. The To: and Subject: fields are already " +"filled, although you can alter them if you prefer. In addition, the full " +"text of the old message is inserted into the new message, either in grey " +"with a blue line on one side (for HTML display) or with the > character " +"before each line (in plain text mode), to indicate that it is part of the " +"previous message." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:28 +msgid "" +"If you are reading a message with several recipients, you can use Reply " +"to All instead of Reply. If there are large numbers of " +"people in the Cc: or To: fields, this can save " +"substantial amounts of time." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:32 +msgid "Using the Reply To All Feature" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:33 +msgid "" +"Susan sends an email to a client and sends copies to Tim and to an internal " +"company mailing list of co-workers. If Tim wants to make a comment for all " +"of them to read, he uses Reply to All, but if he just wants to " +"tell Susan that he agrees with her, he uses Reply. His reply does " +"not reach anyone that Susan put on her Bcc list, because that list is not " +"shared with anyone." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:34 +msgid "" +"If you subscribe to a mailing list, and want your reply to go just to the " +"list rather than to the sender, select Reply to List instead of " +"Reply or Reply to All." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:38 +msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" +msgstr "Клавіатурні скорочення" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:41 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "Дія" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:43 +msgid "Reply to Sender" +msgstr "Відповісти відправнику" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:45 +msgid "Reply to Mailing List" +msgstr "Відповісти до списку листування" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:47 +msgid "Reply to All" +msgstr "Відповісти усім" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:54 +msgid "" +"The default settings for replying and forwarding can be changed under " +"EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesGeneralReplies and ForwardsReply style." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-composer-search.page:5 +msgid "Searching for text in the mail composer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-composer-search.page:21 +msgid "Searching in the mail composer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-search.page:23 +msgid "" +"Under the Edit menu in the message composer there are several " +"text searching features available." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-search.page:26 +msgid "Find:" +msgstr "Знайти:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-search.page:27 +msgid "" +"Enter a word or phrase, and Evolution finds it in your message." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-search.page:30 +msgid "Find Again:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-search.page:31 +msgid "Select this item to repeat the last search you performed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-search.page:34 +msgid "Replace:" +msgstr "Замінити:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-search.page:35 +msgid "Find a word or phrase, and replace it with something else." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-search.page:39 +msgid "" +"For all of these menu items you can choose whether to search backwards in " +"the document from the point where your cursor is. You can also determine " +"whether the search is to be case sensitive in determining a match." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-search.page:40 +msgid "" +"If you have a technical background you can also select the option to use " +"Regular " +"expressions for searching." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-composer-send-account-overrides.page:5 +msgid "Assign your mail accounts to certain folders or recipients." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-composer-send-account-overrides.page:22 +msgid "Send Account Overrides" +msgstr "Надіслати відмови облікового запису" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-send-account-overrides.page:24 +msgid "" +"If you use more than one email account, you can define which account should " +"always be used as your sender address:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-send-account-overrides.page:26 +msgid "" +"When replying to mail in specific folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-composer-send-account-overrides.page:27 +msgid "" +"When replying to certain email addresses, names, or parts of email addresses " +"or names." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-send-account-overrides.page:30 +msgid "" +"The checkbox Folder override has precedence over Recipient override defines how Evolution should behave when you reply to a message which " +"matches both a folder and an email address or name which you have defined." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-send-account-overrides.page:34 +msgid "" +"These settings are available under EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesSend Account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:5 +msgid "Sending to more than one person and using CC or BCC." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:26 +msgid "Sending a message to several recipients" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:28 +msgid "" +"To send a message to more than one person, enter the addresses in the " +"composer by separating them with commas or semicolons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:30 +msgid "" +"If you frequently write email to the same groups of people, you can create " +"contact lists to send " +"them mail as though they have a single address." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:33 +msgid "Recipient types" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:34 +msgid "" +"Email messages can have three different types of recipients. The simplest " +"way is to put the email address or addresses in the To: text " +"field. The Cc: text field is used for recipients that are meant " +"to receive a copy of your message but are not the primary recipients." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:36 +msgid "" +"Addresses in the Bcc: text field are hidden from the other " +"recipients of the message. It can be used to send mail to large groups of " +"people, especially if they do not know each other or if privacy is a " +"concern. If the Bcc: text field is not shown, click " +"ViewBcc Field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:40 +msgid "Autocompletion" +msgstr "Автодоповнення" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:41 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to use the Autocompletion feature of the Evolution address book " +"for entering addresses. By using this you avoid typos and save time." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:45 +msgid "Using the buttons" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:47 +msgid "" +"Instead of typing the recipients' names you can also click the To:, Cc:, or Bcc: buttons to get a list of the email addresses in your address " +"books. Select the addresses and click the arrow buttons to move them into " +"the appropriate address columns (To:, Cc:, Bcc:)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:7 +msgid "On spell checking your mail in the composer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:22 +msgid "Spell checking" +msgstr "Перевірка правопису" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:27 +msgid "Prerequirements" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:28 +msgid "" +"To use spell checking for the emails that you write you first need to make " +"sure that the hunspell package for your specific language and the " +"enchant package are installed via the software management tool of " +"your distribution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:31 +msgid "" +"You might need to install hunspell and/or enchant to " +"perform these steps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:34 +msgid "" +"Install hunspell" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:35 +msgid "" +"Install enchant" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:42 +msgid "Global Preferences" +msgstr "Загальні налаштування" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:44 +msgid "" +"Under EditPreferencesComposer " +"PreferencesSpell CheckingOptions you " +"can define whether your spelling is checked while you type." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:46 +msgid "" +"You can also define which installed languages are used for spell checking in " +"the list available under EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesSpell CheckingLanguages or in the email composer via EditCurrent Languages." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:50 +msgid "Manual spell checking in the composer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:51 +msgid "" +"If you do not have Checking spelling while I type enabled in the " +"Composer Preferences you can run a " +"spell check in the email composer by clicking EditCheck Spelling… or by pressing F7." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:5 +msgid "Writing a new email to send to a recipient." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:23 +msgid "Composing a new message" +msgstr "Створення нового повідомлення" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:25 +msgid "" +"You can start writing a new email message by clicking FileNewMail Message, by pressing " +"ShiftCtrlM, or by clicking " +"New in the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:27 +msgid "" +"Enter an email address in the To: field. If you want to enter " +"multiple addresses, separate them by commas. See for more information on sending messages to more than " +"one person." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:29 +msgid "" +"After you have written your message, click Send or press " +"CtrlReturn." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-default-CC-and-BCC.page:5 +msgid "Make somebody always receive copies of your sent mail." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-default-CC-and-BCC.page:29 +msgid "Default CC and BCC" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-default-CC-and-BCC.page:31 +msgid "" +"You can set email addresses that should always receive copies of your sent " +"mail (either as CC visible for all recipients, or BCC not visible for other " +"recipients) in the Composing Messages section of the mail account " +"editor (EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditComposing Messages)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-default-folder-locations.page:5 +msgid "" +"Changing the location of Draft, Sent, Trash " +"and Junk folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-default-folder-locations.page:29 +msgid "Mail folder locations" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-default-folder-locations.page:31 +msgid "" +"You can set a different place where to store messages in your Draft folder and Sent folder in the Defaults section of " +"the mail account editor (EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditDefaults)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-default-folder-locations.page:32 +msgid "" +"You can define an Archive Folder for this account to move older " +"messages there. This requires to first set a fallback folder under " +"EditPreferencesMail PreferencesGeneralArchive Mail. Selecting " +"MessageArchive in the main window " +"moves the selected message to the specified folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-default-folder-locations.page:33 +msgid "" +"For remote account types (accounts such as IMAP) you can also use folders on " +"the mail server for Junk and Trash by selecting the corresponding Use a " +"Real Folder option. In this case, Evolution's local virtual folders will not be used." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:5 +msgid "Deleting, expunging, and undeleting mail." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:25 +msgid "Deleting and undeleting messages" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:28 +msgid "Deleting Messages" +msgstr "Вилучення повідомлень" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:30 +msgid "" +"To delete a message, select it and press the Delete key, or click " +"the Delete button in the toolbar, or press " +"CtrlD, or right-click the message and " +"click Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:32 +msgid "" +"When you press Delete or click the Trash folder, your mail is not " +"actually deleted, but is marked for deletion. You can see all message marked " +"for deletion in the Trash folder. To show deleted messages, click " +"ViewShow Deleted Messages. You can " +"view the messages stricken off for later deletion." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:34 +msgid "" +"To permanently erase all the deleted messages in a folder, click " +"FolderExpunge or press " +"CtrlE." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:36 +msgid "" +"When reading messages in a separate window, the next message will be " +"displayed after you have deleted a message. If you want the window to close " +"instead, run the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail browser-" +"close-on-delete-or-junk true" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:41 +msgid "Undeleting Messages" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:43 +msgid "" +"You can undelete a message that has been deleted but not expunged yet. To " +"undelete a message, select the message, click EditUndelete message. Note that ViewShow Deleted Messages must be enabled for this to " +"work." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:45 +msgid "" +"If you have marked a message for deletion, undeleting it unmarks it, and the " +"message is not shown anymore in the Trash folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:5 +msgid "When letters in an email are not shown correctly or missing." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:21 +msgid "Character Encodings" +msgstr "Кодування символів" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:24 +msgid "Received mail" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:26 +msgid "" +"If the email application of the sender is broken or misconfigured, plain " +"text emails might not include information about the character encoding used. " +"If you receive such messages, choose ViewCharacter " +"Encoding from the main menu and change the currently chosen " +"character encoding to an appropriate one that might be the encoding used by " +"the sender. You have to make this change every time you view the message." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:27 +msgid "" +"To make this the default setting, go to EditPreferencesMail PreferencesGeneralMessage DisplayDefault character encoding." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:34 +msgid "" +"In the unlikely event that you would like to change the default character " +"encoding for messages that you send, go to EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesDefault " +"BehaviorCharacter encoding." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:35 +msgid "" +"This setting only refers to Plain Text messages as HTML messages always use UTF-8 encoding." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:5 +msgid "Display less email recipients of a specific message." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:23 +msgid "Collapsible Message Headers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:25 +msgid "" +"Evolution compresses the To, Cc and Bcc headers of received mail " +"and shows only five addresses in the message preview." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:27 +msgid "" +"To see all recipients, click the <_:media-1/> icon next to the To: or Cc: line, or click the ellipsis (…) at the end of the " +"five displayed addresses." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:29 +msgid "" +"To collapse all of the message headers and just display the subject and " +"sender in one line, click the icon <_:media-1/> next to the From: " +"line. This is helpful on small screens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:5 +msgid "On embedded pictures in received HTML messages." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:27 +msgid "Images in HTML messages" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:29 +msgid "" +"When someone sends you HTML mail that includes an image in the body of the " +"message (for example, the welcome message in your Inbox), Evolution displays the image inside the message." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:32 +msgid "Loading images" +msgstr "Завантаження зображень" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:33 +msgid "" +"Some images are links in a message, rather than being part of the message. " +"Evolution can download those images from the Internet, but does " +"not do so unless you request it. This is because remotely hosted images can " +"be slow to load and display, and can even be used by spammers to track who " +"reads the email. Not automatically loading images helps protect your privacy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:35 +msgid "" +"To load the images for one message, click ViewLoad " +"Images or press CtrlI." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:37 +msgid "" +"To set the default action for loading images, go to EditPreferencesMail PreferencesHTML MessagesLoading Remote Content." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:41 +msgid "Automatically download images in emails from people you know" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:43 +msgid "" +"You can download images from emails sent by your contacts. To do this, go to " +"EditPreferencesMail PreferencesHTML MessagesLoading Images. Enable the " +"Load images only in messages from contacts option." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:45 +msgid "" +"Next, go to EditPreferencesContactsAutocompletion. Enable autocompletion by ticking the " +"Always show address of the autocompleted contact checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:49 +msgid "Saving images" +msgstr "Збереження зображень" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:50 +msgid "" +"To save an image that is embedded in an HTML email, right-click on the image " +"and click Save Image…." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-displaying-message.page:5 +msgid "Rendering an email and handling its attachments." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-displaying-message.page:21 +msgid "Display of a message" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-displaying-message.page:23 +msgid "" +"You can define how received HTML messages are displayed via " +"EditPreferencesMail PreferencesHTML Messages. For example, you can display them as " +"plain text or block loading remote content." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-displaying-message.page:26 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Додатково" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:5 +msgid "Display a picture of the sender in the message header area." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:23 +msgid "Photograph Message Headers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:26 +msgid "" +"Evolution automatically displays photographs of the sender of an " +"email at the right side of the message header if the sender already embedded " +"a photograph in the message." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:29 +msgid "" +"You can also manually enable displaying the photograph of the sender of an " +"email if the sender is in one of your address books and has a photograph " +"stored." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:31 +msgid "" +"To enable this functionality, select EditPreferencesMail PreferencesHeadersShow the photograph of sender in the message preview." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:33 +msgid "" +"If there are multiple matches for a contact, the first one is always used." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:36 +msgid "" +"You can also embed your own image in messages that you send under " +"EditPluginsFace. The image " +"has to have a size of 48 x 48 pixels and be in PNG file format." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-display-message-source.page:5 +msgid "Displaying the raw source of a message or all header lines." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-display-message-source.page:20 +msgid "Message Source" +msgstr "Джерело повідомлення" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-display-message-source.page:22 +msgid "" +"To view the message data, click on ViewMessage " +"Source or press CtrlU. " +"This will display the message data in a new window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-display-message-source.page:24 +msgid "" +"To only view the complete headers for a message, click ViewAll Message Headers. This will display the complete " +"header data on the viewing pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-duplicates.page:5 +msgid "How to handle duplicated email messages" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-duplicates.page:24 +msgid "Duplicate emails get downloaded" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-duplicates.page:27 +msgid "Removing duplicate emails" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-duplicates.page:28 +msgid "" +"To remove duplicate emails in a folder, select multiple messages (or select " +"all messages in a folder by clicking EditSelect All or pressing CtrlA) and " +"click MessageRemove Duplicate Messages." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-duplicates.page:33 +msgid "Reasons" +msgstr "Причини" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-duplicates.page:34 +msgid "" +"Downloading duplicate emails may be due to one of the following reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-duplicates.page:36 +msgid "There are several copies of the same message in the mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-duplicates.page:37 +msgid "Evolution is having a problem with the UIDL extension." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-duplicates.page:38 +msgid "" +"The cache files located at $HOME/.local/share/evolution/mail/local/ are not writable." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:5 +msgid "Signing or encrypting messages that you send via GPG/OpenPGP." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:20 +msgid "Creating a GPG key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:24 +msgid "" +"Before you can get or send GPG encrypted mail, you need to generate your public and private keys with GPG. After " +"doing so and setting up " +"Evolution to use the key, you need to share your public key with your friends to allow them sending " +"you encrypted messages." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:5 +msgid "Decrypting and checking the signature of received GPG messages." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:23 +msgid "Receiving messages encrypted or signed via GPG" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:26 +msgid "Decrypting a received message" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:27 +msgid "" +"If you receive an encrypted message, you need to decrypt it before you can " +"read it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:28 +msgid "" +"When you view the message, Evolution prompts you for your PGP " +"password. Enter it, and the unencrypted message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:29 +msgid "" +"Senders must have your GPG public key before they can send you an encrypted " +"message." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:33 +msgid "Checking the signature of a received message" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:34 +msgid "" +"To check the sender's signature of a received message, scroll down to the " +"bottom of the message and click the logo. Evolution will display " +"Security Information for the message." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page:5 +msgid "Getting and Using GPG Public Keys." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page:23 +msgid "Getting and using GPG public keys" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page:25 +msgid "" +"To send an encrypted message, you need to use the recipient's public key in " +"combination with your private key. Evolution handles the " +"encryption, but you need to get the public " +"key and add it to your keyring." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:5 +msgid "" +"Setting up GPG for your mail account to sign and/or encrypt and decrypt " +"messages." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:23 +msgid "Setting up GPG for your mail account" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:26 +msgid "" +"You need a GPG key to do this. If you do not have one yet, please refer to " +"Creating a GPG key." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:29 +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:35 +#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:30 +msgid "" +"Select EditPreferencesMail Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:30 +msgid "" +"Select the account you want to use securely, then click Edit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:31 +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:38 +#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:33 +msgid "Click the Security tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:32 +msgid "Specify your key ID in the OpenPGP Key ID field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:33 +msgid "" +"Below the field you can choose whether to always sign outgoing messages when " +"using this account, and other options." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:36 +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:41 +msgid "Click Close." +msgstr "Натисніть кнопку Закрити." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:38 +msgid "" +"Evolution requires that you know your key ID. If you do not " +"remember it, start Passwords and Keys, go to GnuPG Keys, select the preferred GPG key, right-click on it, select " +"Properties and copy the Key ID. Your key ID is an " +"eight-character string with random numbers and letters." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:5 +msgid "Signing or encrypting messages via GPG that you send." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:23 +#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:23 +msgid "Signing or encrypting messages" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:30 +msgid "" +"After you have set up your GPG " +"key, you can sign or encrypt a message by selecting " +"OptionsPGP Sign or PGP Encrypt from the message composer menu or clicking the corresponding toolbar " +"icon." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:31 +#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:26 +msgid "" +"The Subject line of the message will not be encrypted and should not be used " +"for sensitive information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:33 +#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:28 +msgid "To have every message signed or encrypted:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:36 +#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:31 +msgid "Select the mail account to encrypt the messages in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:37 +#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:32 C/mail-filters.page:60 +msgid "Click Edit." +msgstr "Натисніть Змінити." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:39 +msgid "" +"Select Always sign outgoing messages when using this account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-encryption.page:5 +msgid "Sending and receiving encrypted mail." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-encryption.page:30 +msgid "Mail encryption and certificates" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-encryption.page:32 +msgid "" +"Evolution offers GPG Encryption and S/MIME Encryption for signing " +"and encrypting email messages. S/MIME is used most often in corporate " +"environments." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-encryption.page:35 +msgid "GPG" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-encryption.page:39 +msgid "S/MIME" +msgstr "S/MIME" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:5 +msgid "Adding, editing, viewing and deleting S/MIME certificates." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:23 +msgid "Managing S/MIME certificates" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:25 +msgid "" +"Certificates allow you to communicate with others securely over an encrypted " +"connection, or sign a message confirming your identity to the contact. These " +"settings only apply to S/MIME encryption." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:26 +msgid "" +"You can import, view, edit (except for your own certificates), and delete " +"your certificates under EditPreferencesCertificates." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:28 +msgid "" +"If you get the error \"Peer's certificate issuer has been marked as not " +"trusted by the user. (-8172) - Cannot add SMIMEEncKeyPrefs attribute\" after " +"adding your mail certificate, go to Authorities and enable " +"Trust this CA to identify email users for the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:30 +msgid "" +"Your Certificates displays a list of certificates that you own. " +"To add a signing certificate, click Import, " +"select the file to import, then click Open and " +"enter a password." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:31 +msgid "" +"Contact Certificates displays a list of certificates that you " +"have for contacts. These certificates allow you to decrypt messages as well " +"verify signed messages." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:32 +msgid "" +"Authorities displays a list of trusted certificate authorities " +"that verify that your own certificate is valid." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:5 +msgid "Signing or encrypting messages via S/MIME that you send." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:25 +msgid "" +"After you have added your " +"certificate, you can sign or encrypt a message by selecting " +"OptionsS/MIME Sign or S/MIME " +"Encrypt from the message composer menu or clicking the corresponding " +"toolbar icon." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:34 +msgid "" +"In the Secure MIME (S/MIME) section, click Select next to Signing Certificate and specify the path " +"to your signing certificate, or click Select " +"next to Encryption Certificate and specify the path to your " +"encryption certificate." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:35 +msgid "Select the appropriate options." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:5 +msgid "Available actions for setting up filtering." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:23 +msgid "Available Filter actions" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:26 +msgid "Move to Folder:" +msgstr "Перемістити в теку:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:27 +msgid "Moves the message into a folder you specify." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:29 +msgid "Copy to Folder:" +msgstr "Скопіювати у теку:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:30 +msgid "Puts a copy of the message into a folder you specify." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:32 +msgid "Delete:" +msgstr "Вилучити:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:33 +msgid "" +"Marks the message for deletion. The message can be undeleted until you " +"expunge or empty the trash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:35 +msgid "Stop Processing:" +msgstr "Зупинити обробку:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:36 +msgid "" +"Select this if you want to all other filters ignore this message. Note that " +"only filters listed after this particular rule will be ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:38 +msgid "Set Label:" +msgstr "Встановити позначку:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:39 +msgid "Adds a label to a message." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:41 +msgid "Assign Color:" +msgstr "Призначити колір:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:42 +msgid "Marks the message with a color of your choice." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:44 +msgid "Assign Score:" +msgstr "Призначити вагу:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:45 +msgid "Assigns the message a numeric score." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:47 +msgid "Adjust Score:" +msgstr "Скоригувати вагу:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:48 +msgid "Changes the numeric score by the amount you set." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:50 +msgid "Set Status:" +msgstr "Встановити стан:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:51 +msgid "" +"Sets the status of the message. The status can be Replied To, Draft, " +"Important, Read, or Junk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:53 +msgid "Unset Status:" +msgstr "Скинути стан:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:54 +msgid "" +"If the message has a status value, unsets it. If a status value is not set, " +"it does nothing." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:56 +msgid "Beep:" +msgstr "Звукове повідомлення:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:57 +msgid "Makes the system beep." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:59 +msgid "Play Sound:" +msgstr "Відтворити звук:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:60 +msgid "Select a sound file for Evolution to play." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:62 +msgid "Run Program:" +msgstr "Запустити програму:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:63 +msgid "Evolution runs an application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:65 C/mail-filters-conditions.page:36 +msgid "Pipe to Program:" +msgstr "Канал до програми:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:66 +msgid "" +"Sends the message to an application of your choice. No return value is " +"expected. This feature can be used to create automatic Web postings from " +"email messages or to perform additional message post processing not " +"supported by Evolution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:68 +msgid "Forward to:" +msgstr "Переслати:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:69 +msgid "Forwards the message to another email address." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:5 +msgid "Available conditions for setting up filtering." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:23 +msgid "Available Filter conditions" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:33 +msgid "Source Account:" +msgstr "Обліковий рахунок відправника:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:34 +msgid "" +"Filters messages according the server you got them from. This is most useful " +"if you use multiple POP mail accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:37 +msgid "" +"Evolution can use an external command to process a message, then " +"process it based on the return value. Commands used in this way must return " +"an integer. This is most commonly used to add an external junk mail filter." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:39 +msgid "Junk Test:" +msgstr "Перевірка на спам:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:40 +msgid "" +"Filters based on the results of the junk mail test." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:42 C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:36 +msgid "Match All:" +msgstr "Відповідає усім:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:43 +msgid "" +"Applies an action always to any message, without further conditions. This " +"could be useful at the end of the list of message filters to cover those " +"emails that did not match any conditions for the preceding filters in the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:5 +msgid "" +"Fix problems with mail filters that do not sort and organize mail as " +"expected." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:25 +msgid "Mail filters are not working" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:28 +msgid "Order of Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:29 +msgid "" +"The order of filters is very important. They are applied to the original " +"message in sequence, like a recipe." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:30 +msgid "" +"If your first filter has a Stop Processing rule, then all " +"messages that match this filter will ignore all succeeding filters." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:31 C/mail-filters.page:46 +msgid "" +"When you move a message to another folder, \"moving\" actually means " +"appending a copy of the message to the destination folder and marking the " +"original message for deletion. So any subsequent filter rules will be " +"applied to the original message that is now marked for deletion. Therefore " +"moving a message should usually appear last in a sequence of filter rules." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:32 +msgid "" +"To check the rules and their order of an existing filter, review its actions " +"in the Then section by editing the filter." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:36 +msgid "Using Several Mail Clients" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:37 +msgid "" +"Another thing you have to keep in mind is that filters depend on the \"new\" " +"flag that is set on the server when a particular email message is initially " +"fetched from the server. If you use another email client aside from " +"Evolution, your filters may not work automatically." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:41 +msgid "Logging Filter Actions" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:42 +msgid "" +"If it is still unclear why filters do not work as expected, you can enable " +"logging filter actions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:44 +msgid "Close Evolution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:45 C/mail-localized-re-subjects.page:24 +#: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:27 C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:40 +msgid "Open the Terminal application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:46 +msgid "" +"Run the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail filters-log-" +"actions true" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:47 +msgid "" +"Run the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail filters-log-file " +"\"/home/myusername/my-filter-log\" and replace myusername " +"by your username. This will create a text file named my-filter-log in your home directory. Note that the absolute path to the file name " +"must be entered; a syntax like ~ or $HOME will not " +"work." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:49 +msgid "Fetch mail to apply filters." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:50 +msgid "" +"Open the file my-filter-log with a text editor to see which " +"filter actions have been applied." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:53 +msgid "" +"Note that you can disable filter logging again by using the command " +"gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail filters-log-actions false" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:55 C/mail-localized-re-subjects.page:27 +#: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:30 +msgid "You can also use the dconf-editor application to do this." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-filters.page:5 +msgid "Use filter rules to sort your mail automatically into folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-filters.page:23 +msgid "Using Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-filters.page:25 +msgid "" +"Message filters apply actions on messages based on conditions that you have " +"defined. You can define filters for both incoming and outgoing emails." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-filters.page:27 +msgid "" +"Filters will be automatically applied to incoming messages for local " +"accounts (such as POP). Mail servers for remote accounts (such as IMAP) " +"often already filter mail directly on the server as this is faster. If you " +"want to apply your Evolution filters to remote accounts, you can " +"enable this under EditPreferencesMail " +"AccountsEditReceiving OptionsOptionsApply filters to new messages in Inbox on this " +"server." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-filters.page:29 +msgid "" +"To manually apply filters on messages in a folder, select the messages and " +"click MessageApply Filters or press " +"CtrlY." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-filters.page:33 +msgid "Creating a Filter" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters.page:36 +msgid "" +"Click EditMessage Filters, or click " +"MessageCreate and select the " +"criterion the filter will be based on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters.page:37 C/mail-search-folders-add.page:27 +msgid "Click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters.page:38 C/mail-search-folders-add.page:28 +msgid "Enter a name in the Rule name field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters.page:39 C/mail-search-folders-add.page:29 +msgid "" +"Define the conditions for the rule. For each condition, you first select " +"which part of the message will be checked and then define the comparison." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters.page:39 +msgid "" +"For more information on the available conditions see Available Filter conditions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters.page:40 C/mail-search-folders-add.page:30 +msgid "" +"If you want to define multiple conditions, define under Find items if any or if all conditions have to apply, and click Add Condition and repeat the previous step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters.page:42 +msgid "Select the Actions for the Filter in the Then section." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters.page:42 +msgid "" +"For more information on the available actions see Available Filter actions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-filters.page:44 +msgid "" +"The order of filters is important. Filters are applied to the original " +"message in sequence, like a recipe." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-filters.page:45 +msgid "" +"If your first filter has a Stop Processing rule, then all the " +"email messages that match this filter will ignore all the succeeding filters." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters.page:49 +msgid "" +"If you want to define multiple actions, click Add " +"Action and repeat the previous step. For example, if you want no other " +"existing filters to be applied choose Stop Processing as the " +"second action in the list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-filters.page:56 +msgid "Editing Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters.page:58 C/mail-filters.page:68 +msgid "Click EditMessage Filters." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters.page:59 C/mail-filters.page:69 +msgid "Select the filter." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters.page:61 +msgid "" +"Make the desired corrections, then click OK " +"twice." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-filters.page:66 +msgid "Deleting Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-filters.page:70 +msgid "Click Remove." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-folders.page:5 +msgid "Use folders to organize your mail." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-folders.page:29 +msgid "Using Folders" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-folders.page:31 +msgid "" +"Evolution, like most mail systems, uses folders to store email " +"messages. You start out with a few mail folders such as the Inbox, Outbox, " +"and Drafts. You can, however, create more folders if required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-folders.page:34 +msgid "Creating A Folder" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-folders.page:35 +msgid "To create a folder:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-folders.page:37 +msgid "" +"Click on Folder and select New. You can also right-" +"click anywhere on the folder list and select the New Folder " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-folders.page:38 +msgid "Specify the name and the location of the folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-folders.page:39 +msgid "Click on the Create button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-folders.page:41 +msgid "" +"The new folder will be shown in the folder view. You can then move messages " +"into the folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-folders.page:44 +msgid "" +"The Inbox folders on most IMAP servers cannot contain both " +"messages and subfolders. When creating additional folders on your IMAP mail " +"server, branch the folders from the root of the IMAP account and not from " +"the Inbox. Creating subfolders in your Inbox may prevent you from reading " +"messages that exist in the Inbox. If this happens, move the folders to the " +"IMAP account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-folders.page:50 +msgid "Moving Messages to Folders" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-folders.page:51 +msgid "" +"You can move messages into folders by using one of the following methods:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-folders.page:53 +msgid "Drag and drop the messages into the folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-folders.page:54 +msgid "" +"Right-click on the message and select the Move to Folder option." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-folders.page:55 +msgid "" +"Select a message and press ShiftCtrlV." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-folders.page:56 +msgid "" +"Select a message and click on MessageMove to Folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-folders.page:59 +msgid "The steps for copying are similar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-folders.page:61 +msgid "" +"Moving files can be done automatically by setting up filters." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:5 +msgid "Using flags to remind you of actions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:22 +msgid "Follow up flags for emails" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:24 +msgid "" +"To make sure you do not forget about a message, you can use the follow-up " +"feature." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:26 +msgid "Select one or more messages." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:27 +msgid "Right-click one of the messages." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:28 +msgid "Click Mark for Follow Up…." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:30 +msgid "" +"You can also do this by selecting the message(s) and clicking " +"MessageMark asFollow Up… " +"or by pressing ShiftCtrlG." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:32 +msgid "A window opens to allow you to set the type of flag and the due date." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:34 +msgid "" +"The flag itself is the action you want to remind yourself about, such as " +"Call, Forward and Reply." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:36 +msgid "" +"After you have added a flag, you can mark it as complete or remove it " +"entirely by right-clicking the message and clicking either Flag " +"Completed or Clear Flag." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:38 +msgid "" +"When you read a flagged message, its flag status is displayed at the top, " +"before the message headers. An overdue message might tell you \"Overdue: " +"Call by April 07, 2012, 5:00 PM.\"" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:40 +msgid "" +"Flags can help you organize your work in a number of ways. For example, you " +"might add a Flag Status " +"column to your message list and sort that way. Alternately, you could " +"create a search folder that " +"displays all your flagged messages, then clear the flags when you're done, " +"so the search folder contains only messages with upcoming deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:42 +msgid "" +"If you prefer a simpler way to remind yourself about messages, you can mark " +"them as important by right-clicking the message, then click Mark as " +"Important, or by selecting MessageMark asImportant from the menubar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:5 +msgid "IMAP folder subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:25 +msgid "IMAP Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:27 +msgid "" +"As opening many IMAP folders on the server takes time you can define which " +"IMAP folders to check and display in Evolution, and which ones to " +"ignore for the time being, via the IMAP Subscriptions Manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:29 +msgid "" +"Select FolderSubscriptions, or right-" +"click on the top level node of an email account in the folder list and click " +"Manage subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:30 C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:30 +msgid "" +"If you have accounts on multiple servers, select the server where you want " +"to manage your subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:31 +msgid "" +"Evolution displays a list of files and folders available on the " +"IMAP server." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:32 +msgid "Select a file or folder by clicking it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:33 +msgid "" +"You should select at least the Inbox folder. Depending upon the " +"way your IMAP server is configured, the list of available files might " +"include non-mail folders. If it does, you can ignore them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:34 +msgid "Click a folder's checkbox to add a folder to your subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-labels.page:5 +msgid "Use labels to categorize your mail while keeping it in their folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-labels.page:21 +msgid "Using Labels" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-labels.page:23 +msgid "" +"You can add colored labels to emails in order to categorize them. This is " +"similar to Categories in the other " +"Evolution windows." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-labels.page:25 +msgid "" +"You can search for messages with specific labels by using the quick search dropdown. Also, search folders can be created based on labels." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-labels.page:28 +msgid "Adding a label to a message" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-labels.page:29 +msgid "" +"To assign a label to a message, either choose MessageMark AsLabel and choose the label to " +"apply, or right-click the message, click Label, and choose the " +"label to apply." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-labels.page:30 +msgid "You can also quickly add a new label by choosing New Label." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-labels.page:34 +msgid "Managing labels" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-labels.page:35 +msgid "" +"You can add, edit and delete all labels under EditPreferencesMail PreferencesLabels. Note that you cannot remove the default labels." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-layout-changing.page:5 +msgid "" +"Changing the display of the mail window (message list columns and " +"widescreen)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-layout-changing.page:20 +msgid "Changing the mail window layout" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-localized-re-subjects.page:5 +msgid "Avoid long subject lines due to translated \"Re:\" prefixes." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-localized-re-subjects.page:19 +msgid "Handling localized \"Re:\" in subjects" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-localized-re-subjects.page:21 +msgid "" +"Traditionally a \"Re:\" prefix is added to a subject line when replying to " +"an email. Some email applications use localized terms for this (like \"SV:\" " +"in Danish or \"AW: in German). Evolution can recognize these " +"terms to avoid subject lines getting longer as the conversation continues." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-localized-re-subjects.page:25 +msgid "" +"Run the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail composer-" +"localized-re 'AW,SV' (in case that you want \"AW:\" and \"SV:\" to be " +"recognized)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-moving-emails.page:5 +msgid "Moving emails from one folder to another." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-moving-emails.page:24 +msgid "Moved emails are still shown in the original folder" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-moving-emails.page:26 +msgid "" +"If your IMAP mail server does not yet support IMAP's \"move\" feature which was introduced " +"in January 2013, Evolution \"moves\" messages by copying and " +"deleting emails. Deleting means \"marking messages for deletion\" so all the " +"original messages are retained until you expunge the emails marked for " +"deletion." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-moving-emails.page:28 +msgid "" +"See the topic on deleting emails for instructions on how to expunge email messages. Note that this " +"applies to other types of accounts as well." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-not-sent.page:5 +msgid "Possible reasons why emails are not sent." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-not-sent.page:20 +msgid "Mail is not sent" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-not-sent.page:22 +msgid "There can be several reasons why emails are not sent:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-not-sent.page:25 +msgid "" +"Invalid email address. Check if all the addresses listed as mail recipients " +"are correct. If the message contains a wrong or invalid email address, the " +"message will not be sent." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-not-sent.page:26 +msgid "" +"Incorrect SMTP settings. Verify if the settings used for outgoing messages " +"are correct. Using the incorrect server address or authentication method may " +"prevent emails from being sent." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-not-sent.page:27 +msgid "" +"Offline status. Evolution may be offline. Check on the Send and Receive button; if it is greyed out, then you are " +"offline. To go online, go to FileWork online. You should now be able to use the Send and " +"Receive button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-organizing.page:5 +msgid "On folders, sorting, searching, filters, search folders, and labels." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-organizing.page:21 +msgid "Sorting and organizing mail" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-organizing.page:23 +msgid "" +"Evolution provides several options to organize your mail " +"according to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-organizing.page:26 +msgid "Advanced Options" +msgstr "Додаткові параметри" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-read-receipts.page:5 +msgid "How to enable requesting read receipts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-read-receipts.page:34 +msgid "Read receipts for emails" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-read-receipts.page:36 +msgid "" +"Read receipts are a way for people to acknowledge that they have received " +"your email. The recipient can normally choose whether to acknowledge the " +"receipt or not, so they are not a completely reliable way of checking if " +"your emails have been received by someone." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-read-receipts.page:38 +msgid "" +"You can request read receipts by selecting OptionsRequest Read Receipt in the menu of the composer " +"window or clicking the corresponding toolbar icon." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-read-receipts.page:40 +msgid "" +"For read receipts that you receive you can define Evolution's " +"behavior under Message Receipts in the Composing Messages section of the account " +"preferences." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-received-notification.page:5 +msgid "Options on notifications of newly received mail." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-received-notification.page:21 +msgid "Getting notified of new mail" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-received-notification.page:23 +msgid "" +"Evolution always notifies you of new messages by adding a small " +"emblem to the mailer icon in the window switcher." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/mail-received-notification.page:24 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='./figures/new-mail-switcher.png' " +"md5='da6e065ab605a1470729c48d645bcf1a'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='./figures/new-mail-switcher.png' " +"md5='da6e065ab605a1470729c48d645bcf1a'" + +#. (itstool) path: media/p +#. Translators: Please make sure that the screenshot does have the small +#. yellow star in the Mail icon +#: C/mail-received-notification.page:25 +msgid "Switcher layout when a new message has arrived" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-received-notification.page:28 +msgid "" +"In order to also be notified of new messages in GNOME desktop notifications:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-received-notification.page:31 +msgid "Enable Mail Notification." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-received-notification.page:34 +msgid "" +"Open the Configuration tab and set your preferred " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-received-notification.page:35 +msgid "" +"Open the Accounts tab to select the mail accounts " +"for which you would like to see notifications." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-received-notification.page:38 +msgid "" +"See the GNOME Desktop " +"Help for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:5 +msgid "Receiving options for Exchange Web Services accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:25 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:25 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:28 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:25 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:25 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:25 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:32 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:25 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:25 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:28 +msgid "" +"On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:28 +msgid "Enter your username for that server." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:29 +msgid "" +"Either manually enter the Host URL and OAB URL, or click Fetch URL which will ask you for your password and then try to " +"automatically fill in the values." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:30 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:30 +msgid "" +"If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to contact your " +"system administrator for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:31 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:31 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:34 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:38 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:34 +msgid "" +"Select your authentication type in the Authentication list, or click Check for Supported Types to have Evolution check for supported authentication mechanisms. Some servers do not " +"announce the authentication mechanisms they support, so clicking this button " +"is not a guarantee that available mechanisms actually work." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:37 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:39 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:41 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:34 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:34 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:34 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:45 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:34 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:34 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:41 +msgid "Receiving Options" +msgstr "Параметри отримання" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:39 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:41 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:43 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:36 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:36 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:36 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:47 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:36 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:36 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:43 +msgid "" +"On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:42 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:44 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:46 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:39 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:39 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:39 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:50 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:39 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:46 +msgid "" +"If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, " +"click the Check for new messages every … minutes option and " +"select the frequency in minutes." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:43 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:45 +msgid "" +"You can also define if Evolution checks for new messages in all " +"folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:44 +msgid "" +"If you would like to have a copy of the address book on the server for " +"offline access to it, enable Cache offline address book and click " +"Fetch list. Afterwards, select the address book " +"from the available options." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:45 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:52 +msgid "" +"Select if you want filters to be " +"automatically applied on mail that you receive, if spam should be automatically filtered, and if mail on the server should be synchronized with your " +"local copy for offline access to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:5 +msgid "Receiving options for Exchange MAPI accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:28 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:31 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:35 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:31 +msgid "" +"Enter the address of the email server in the Server field and " +"enter your username for that server." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:29 +msgid "Enter the Domain name for that server." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:32 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:32 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:36 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:32 +msgid "" +"Select if you want to use a secure connection (TLS or its deprecated " +"predecessor SSL)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:33 +msgid "Click Authenticate and enter your password." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:5 +msgid "Receiving options for IMAP+ accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:32 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:36 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:32 +msgid "You should enable this option if your server supports it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:33 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:37 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:33 +#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:30 +msgid "" +"Free webmail providers often supply information about which of these options " +"can be used. If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to " +"contact your system administrator for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:35 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:39 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:35 +msgid "Select if you want Evolution to remember your password." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:47 +msgid "" +"Select Use Quick Resync if the IMAP server supports IMAP4 Extensions for Quick Mailbox " +"Resynchronization." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:49 +msgid "" +"If the mail server does not allow multiple connections from Evolution to the server at the same time (for example when you have more than one " +"account on that server), set Number of concurrent connections to use to 1." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:50 +msgid "" +"You can also define if Evolution checks for new messages in all " +"folders, or only in subscribed folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:51 +msgid "" +"Select if you want Evolution to show only subscribed folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:5 +msgid "Receiving options for Local delivery accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:28 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:28 +msgid "" +"Choose the file by clicking on the button next to File in the " +"Configuration section. This will open a file chooser window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:5 +msgid "Receiving options for Maildir-format mail directories accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:28 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:28 +msgid "" +"Choose the directory by clicking on the button next to Path in " +"the Configuration section. Some default folders are available in " +"the list. If the directory is not among those folders, choose the last " +"option Other.... This will open a directory chooser window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:40 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:39 +#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:40 +msgid "" +"If you want Filters to be automatically " +"used for new messages in your inbox, enable Apply filters to new " +"messages in Inbox." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:5 +msgid "Receiving options for MH-format mail directories accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-receiving-options.page:5 +msgid "Available mail receiving options for several server types." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-receiving-options.page:18 +msgid "Mail Receiving Options" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-receiving-options.page:21 +msgid "Mail receiving options for common server types" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-receiving-options.page:24 +msgid "Mail receiving options for corporate server types" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-receiving-options.page:27 +msgid "Mail receiving options for local account server types" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:5 +msgid "Receiving options for POP accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:51 +msgid "" +"If you want the messages to remain on the server for a period of time, click " +"the Leave messages on server option and the Delete after ... " +"days option and select the number of days to allow messages to remain " +"on the server. Set 0 days to keep messages on the server forever." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:52 +msgid "" +"The option Disable support for all POP3 extensions is only useful " +"when accessing old or misconfigured mail servers. POP3 extensions provide enhanced " +"functionality, however only some servers support them. In case of problems " +"with receiving mail, enabling this setting might help." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:5 +msgid "Receiving options for standard Unix mbox spool directory accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:28 +msgid "" +"Choose the directory by clicking on the button next to Path in " +"the Configuration section. Some default folders are available in " +"the list. If the directory is not among those folders, choose the last " +"option Other…. This will open a directory chooser window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:5 +msgid "Receiving options for standard Unix mbox spool file accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:5 +msgid "Receiving options for Usenet news accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:47 +msgid "Select if you want to show folders in short notation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:48 +msgid "For example, comp.os.linux would appear as c.o.linux." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:49 +msgid "" +"Select if you want to show relative folder names in the subscriptions window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:50 +msgid "" +"If you select to show relative folder names, only the name of the folder is " +"displayed. For example the folder evolution.mail would appear as evolution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-refresh-folders.page:5 +msgid "Ways to update your Evolution folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-refresh-folders.page:20 +msgid "Updating/refreshing the folders on the mail server" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-refresh-folders.page:22 +msgid "" +"To make sure that your local email folders are updated, go to " +"FolderRefresh. This will ensure that " +"all of your emails have been downloaded from the mail server onto your " +"computer so that you can read them all, and that the read status is synced " +"with the mail server." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-refresh-folders.page:24 +msgid "" +"You can also double-click on the folder name to refresh it, or press " +"F5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:5 +msgid "Converting emails into PDF files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:20 +msgid "Save messages as PDF" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:22 +msgid "" +"In order to save emails in the PDF file format, select FilePrint and then choose Print to File. See " +"the desktop help for general information " +"on printing." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:25 +msgid "" +"You can also export messages as PDF by dragging and dropping them to the " +"file manager, instead of dropping them in mbox (text) format by default." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:28 +msgid "" +"Run the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail drag-and-drop-" +"save-file-format 'pdf'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:5 +msgid "Setting up a search folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:23 +msgid "Creating A Search Folder" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:26 +msgid "" +"Click EditSearch Folders, or click " +"MessageCreate Rule and select the " +"criterion the search folder will be based on, or if you have run a search, " +"click SearchCreate Search Folder From Search…." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:29 +msgid "" +"For more information on the available conditions see Available Search Folder conditions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:31 +msgid "" +"Select which folders will be used for the search folder in the section " +"Search Folder Sources. Options are:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:33 +msgid "All local folders:" +msgstr "Усі локальні теки:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:34 +msgid "" +"Uses all local folders for the search folder source in addition to " +"individual folders that are selected." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:36 +msgid "All active remote folders:" +msgstr "Усі активні віддалені теки:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:37 +msgid "" +"Remote folders are considered active if you are connected to the server; you " +"must be connected to your mail server for the search folder to include any " +"messages from that source in addition to individual folders that are " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:39 +msgid "All local and active remote folders:" +msgstr "Усі локальні теки та активні віддалені теки:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:40 +msgid "" +"Uses all local and active remote folders for the search folder source in " +"addition to individual folders that are selected." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:42 +msgid "Specific folders only:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:43 +msgid "" +"Uses individual folders for the search folder source. In this case, click " +"the Add to select folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:5 +msgid "Available conditions for setting up search folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:23 +msgid "Available Search folder conditions" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:33 +msgid "Message Location:" +msgstr "Місцезнаходження повідомлення" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:34 +msgid "Checks whether the message is located in a specific folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:34 +msgid "" +"Note that by default, Evolution's Trash and Junk folders are Search " +"folders so they cannot be selected here." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:37 +msgid "" +"Applies an action always to any message, without further conditions. This " +"could be useful at the end of the list of search folders to cover those " +"emails that did not match any conditions for the preceding search folders in " +"the list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-search-folders.page:5 +msgid "" +"Use search folders to see messages in one folder while still keeping them in " +"their original folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-search-folders.page:22 +msgid "Using Search folders" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-search-folders.page:24 +msgid "" +"If filters are not flexible enough, or " +"you find yourself performing the same search again and again, consider a search folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-search-folders.page:26 +msgid "" +"A search folder looks like a folder, it " +"acts like a search, and you set it up " +"like a filter. While a conventional " +"folder actually contains messages, a search folder is a view of messages " +"that might be in several different folders. The messages it contains are " +"determined on the fly using a set of criteria that you have chosen when " +"setting up the search folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-search-folders.page:28 +msgid "" +"In the unlikely case that there is no Search folders top-level " +"node displayed at the bottom of the mail folder list you have to enable EditPreferencesMail AccountsSearch Folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-search-folders.page:30 +msgid "" +"Evolution automatically updates the search folder contents when " +"new messages are received or messages are deleted. You can also manually " +"update the search folder either by switching to another folder and then back " +"again, or by right-clicking on the search folder and choosing Refresh." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-search-folders.page:32 +msgid "" +"The Unmatched search folder is the opposite of other search " +"folders: it displays all messages that do not appear in other search folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-search-folders.page:34 +msgid "" +"If you use remote email storage like IMAP, and have created search folders " +"to search through them, the Unmatched search folder also searches " +"the remote folders. If you do not create any search folders that search " +"remote mail stores, the Unmatched search folder does not search " +"in them either." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-search-folders.page:36 +msgid "" +"If you need to find out which physical folder a message displayed in a " +"Search Folder is located in, add the Location column to the message list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-searching-attachment-type.page:5 +msgid "Unfortunately this is not possible." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-searching-attachment-type.page:21 +msgid "Searching for emails with a specific attachment type" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-searching-attachment-type.page:23 +msgid "" +"There currently is no way to do search for emails with a specific type of " +"attachment (for example searching for all emails that have a PDF attachment)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-searching.page:5 +msgid "Searching messages." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-searching.page:28 +msgid "Searching Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-searching.page:31 +msgid "Searching in a Single Message" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-searching.page:32 +msgid "" +"To find text in the displayed message, select EditFind in Message… from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-searching.page:36 +msgid "Searching Across Messages" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-searching.page:40 +msgid "" +"In the mail view, you can quickly search for messages by defining conditions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-searching.page:42 +msgid "Click on the search icon <_:media-1/> to expand the drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-searching.page:44 +msgid "" +"Some searches might be slow on remote mail accounts (e.g. IMAP+). If you " +"select a search condition like Body contains or Message " +"contains and Evolution is in online mode and the folder(s) " +"you are about to search in are not already copied locally for offline usage, Evolution automatically " +"runs the search on the mail server side if the server advertises support for " +"server-side searches. When doing a search on search criteria already locally " +"available (e.g. recipients or subject of messages), the search will be run " +"locally." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-searching.page:45 +msgid "" +"Advanced users can combine numerous conditions by using the Free form " +"expression syntax." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-searching.page:47 +msgid "Select the scope from the drop-down list right to the text box." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-searching.page:48 +msgid "" +"For the Current Account scope, the term \"account\" refers to top-" +"level nodes in the mail folder " +"list, like \"On this computer\" and remote mail accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-searching.page:53 +msgid "" +"If you start directly from the fourth step, text will be searched in mail's " +"subjects and addresses and scope will be \"Current folder\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-searching.page:54 +msgid "" +"If you search for messages that are not in the same folder rather often you " +"might want to create a search folder instead; see Using Search Folders for more detail." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-send-and-receive-automatically.page:5 +msgid "Check automatically and regularly for new received mail." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-send-and-receive-automatically.page:20 +msgid "Automatically check for new mail" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-send-and-receive-automatically.page:21 +msgid "" +"If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, " +"enable the option Check for new messages every … minutes in the " +"Receiving Options page of the mail account settings (accessible " +"via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options) " +"and select the frequency in minutes." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-send-and-receive-automatically.page:23 +msgid "" +"Evolution supports IMAP IDLE on the currently selected folder and partially " +"supports the IMAP " +"NOTIFY extension." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page:5 +msgid "Force sending and receiving emails." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page:20 +msgid "Manually send and receive messages" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page:21 +msgid "" +"To receive new messages from the mail server and to send messages you have " +"written that are in the local Outbox, click the Send / " +"Receive button in the toolbar, or press F12, or choose " +"FileSend / Receive from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page:22 +msgid "" +"To send and receive only for one of your mail accounts, or to only send or " +"only receive, click the small down-arrow next to the Send / Receive button and choose the corresponding option." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page:23 +msgid "" +"If you just want to send messages which are in your Outbox, you can right-" +"click on the Outbox and click Flush Outbox." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-send-and-receive.page:5 +msgid "On receiving mail and sending written emails." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-send-and-receive.page:20 +msgid "Sending and receiving mail" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-send-and-receive.page:22 +msgid "" +"This section refers to receiving mail and sending written emails. For " +"writing a new message, please refer to the Composing mail section." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:5 +msgid "Sending options for SMTP." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:29 +msgid "" +"Enter the address of your mail server for sending mail in the Server field and select if the server requires authentication (entering a " +"username and a password)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:32 +msgid "" +"If the server requires authentication, you need to provide the following " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:34 +msgid "" +"Select the authentication type in the Authentication list, or click " +"Check for Supported Types to have Evolution check. " +"Some servers do not support this, so clicking this button is not a guarantee " +"that available mechanisms actually work." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-several-pop-accounts.page:5 +msgid "How to split and sort mail when using more than one local account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-several-pop-accounts.page:22 +msgid "Separating POP mail for more than one account" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-several-pop-accounts.page:24 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to have separate accounts in the accounts and folder list " +"pane. Evolution only has one unique inbox for incoming email." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-several-pop-accounts.page:25 +msgid "" +"You can either use IMAP instead of POP, or move incoming emails into " +"different folders by creating folders and " +"creating filters: Create a new folder and " +"create two subfolders (for incoming and for sent mail of that account). Now " +"set up an incoming filter via EditMessage Filters…Add to move incoming mail to the " +"incoming folder by filtering on the recipient's address and set up an " +"outgoing filter to move outgoing mail to the sent folder by filtering on the " +"sender's address." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-sorting-folder-list.page:5 +msgid "Sorting the mail folder list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-sorting-folder-list.page:21 +msgid "Sorting the mail folder list" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-sorting-folder-list.page:24 +msgid "Default sort order" +msgstr "Типове впорядкування" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-sorting-folder-list.page:25 +msgid "" +"By default the mail folder list in the left pane contains top-level nodes in the following order:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sorting-folder-list.page:27 +msgid "" +"On This Computer - contains all mail for local account types (if " +"configured)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sorting-folder-list.page:28 +msgid "One or more remote email account types (if configured)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sorting-folder-list.page:29 +msgid "" +"Search Folders (if " +"enabled)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-sorting-folder-list.page:31 +msgid "The folders under each top-level node are sorted in alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-sorting-folder-list.page:35 +msgid "Changing the sort order" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-sorting-folder-list.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can change the default sort order of the top-level nodes under " +"EditPreferencesMail Accounts by dragging an account in the list up or down." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-sorting-folder-list.page:39 +msgid "" +"You can revert your custom sort order by choosing EditPreferencesMail AccountsRestore Default." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:5 +msgid "Sorting the message list of a mail folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:28 +msgid "Sorting the message list" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:30 +msgid "" +"Evolution lets you organize your emails by letting you sort " +"messages in the message list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:33 +msgid "Sorting Mail in Email Threads" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:34 +msgid "" +"You can use a threaded message view to sort emails. To enable this feature, " +"click on ViewGroup By Threads or " +"press CtrlT." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:35 +msgid "" +"This feature, when enabled, groups replies with the original email and " +"allows you to follow the flow of the conversation from one message to the " +"next." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:36 +msgid "" +"Evolution recognizes <_:code-1/> and <_:code-2/> mail headers. In " +"addition, you can enable EditPreferencesMail PreferencesGeneralMessage DisplayFall back to threading messages by subject." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:37 +msgid "" +"When a new message arrives, it will be added below the parent message. " +"Threads are sorted and displayed based on the date of the most recent " +"message received." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:38 +msgid "" +"For Advanced Users: By default, all email threads are expanded. If you want " +"all threads to be collapsed by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:41 +msgid "" +"Run the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail thread-expand " +"false" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:47 +msgid "Sorting Mail with Column Headers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:48 +msgid "" +"The message list displays columns that indicate whether a message has been " +"read, whether it has attachments, how important the message is, the sender, " +"date, and the subject. To change the columns used in the message list, you " +"can do one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:50 +msgid "Drag and drop the column header bars" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:51 +msgid "Right-click on the header." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:52 +msgid "" +"Select the Remove This Column or Add a Column option." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:55 +msgid "" +"Evolution allows you to sort your messages using these columns. " +"Just click on the column label to sort the emails. The direction of the " +"arrow next to the label indicates the direction of the sort." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:55 +msgid "" +"You can apply a secondary sort criterion by clicking a column label while " +"pressing Ctrl." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:62 +msgid "Using Other Sorting Options" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:63 +msgid "" +"Evolution provides other ways for sorting email messages. You can " +"use Sort By, Sort Ascending, Sort Descending, or Reset sort." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:65 +msgid "Sort By" +msgstr "Упорядкувати за" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:66 +msgid "You can also sort email messages using the Sort By list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:68 C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:98 +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:107 C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:116 +msgid "Right-click on the message list column headers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:69 +msgid "Select the Sort By option." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:69 +msgid "This brings up this list of criteria for sorting email messages:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:71 +msgid "Subject - Trimmed" +msgstr "Тема — скорочено" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:72 +msgid "Labels" +msgstr "Позначки" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:73 +msgid "Recipients" +msgstr "Отримувач" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:74 +msgid "Sender" +msgstr "Відправник" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:75 +msgid "Location" +msgstr "Адреса" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:76 +msgid "Due By" +msgstr "До" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:77 +msgid "Follow Up Flag" +msgstr "Ознака «До виконання»" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:78 +msgid "Flag Status" +msgstr "Стан ознаки" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:79 +msgid "Size" +msgstr "Розмір" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:80 +msgid "To" +msgstr "Кому" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:81 +msgid "Received" +msgstr "Отримано" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:82 +msgid "Date" +msgstr "Дата" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:83 +msgid "Subject" +msgstr "Тема" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:84 +msgid "From" +msgstr "Від" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:85 +msgid "Attachment" +msgstr "Долучення" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:86 +msgid "Flagged" +msgstr "Позначено" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:87 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Стан" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:88 +msgid "Custom" +msgstr "Інший" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:91 +msgid "Select the option you wish to use in sorting email messages." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:96 +msgid "Sort Ascending" +msgstr "Сортування за зростанням" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:99 +msgid "Select the Sort Ascending option." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:101 +msgid "The messages will be displayed with the most recent at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:105 +msgid "Sort Descending" +msgstr "Сортування за спаданням" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:108 +msgid "Select the Sort Descending option." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:110 +msgid "The messages will be displayed with the most recent at the top." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:114 +msgid "Reset sort" +msgstr "Скинути впорядкування" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:117 +msgid "Select the Reset sort option." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:119 +msgid "" +"This removes sorting from the column, reverting to the order of messages as " +"they were added to the folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:5 +msgid "How to mark unwanted junk and spam mail." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:30 +msgid "Marking Mail as Junk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:32 +msgid "" +"While SpamAssassin comes with a set of predefined rules, Bogofilter needs to " +"be taught first before it will automatically filter junk mail. If you only " +"train Bogofilter on bad messages, it will assume all mail is bad (because it " +"does not know any difference) hence it will not make any decisions until the " +"database is sufficiently large to determine what is and is not spam. In any " +"case, when you first start using junk mail blocking, check the Junk mail folder frequently to be sure that legitimate mail doesn't get " +"flagged as junk mail." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:35 +msgid "Manually Marking Junk Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:36 +msgid "" +"If Evolution misses junk mail, right-click the message, then " +"click Mark as Junk, or mark the message and press " +"CtrlJ or click the Junk " +"button in the tool bar. When you correct it, the filter can recognize " +"similar messages in the future, and becomes more accurate as time goes on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:37 +msgid "" +"If legitimate mail is incorrectly flagged, remove it from the Junk folder by right-clicking it and selecting Mark as Not Junk " +"or pressing ShiftCtrlJ, or " +"mark the message and click the Not Junk button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-spam.page:5 +msgid "How to automatically handle unwanted mail." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-spam.page:20 +msgid "Junk and Spam Mail Handling" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:7 +msgid "How to set up handling unwanted junk/spam mail." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:36 +msgid "Junk Mail Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:39 +msgid "Tools" +msgstr "Інструменти" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:40 +msgid "" +"Evolution lets you check for unwanted junk or spam email by using " +"the Bogofilter or SpamAssassin tools. To use these " +"tools, you need to make sure that they are installed via the software " +"management tool of your distribution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:43 +msgid "" +"You might need to install Bogofilter or SpamAssassin " +"to perform these steps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:46 +msgid "" +"Install bogofilter" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:47 +msgid "" +"Install spamassassin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:52 +msgid "" +"SpamAssassin works through a set of predefined rules, hence it can determine " +"spam straight away. Bogofilter does not come with a default set of spam " +"criteria so it will not automatically filter anything after installing it. " +"You must train it first to make it " +"work. You can modify the actions of SpamAssassin by training it as well." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:56 +msgid "Junk Mail Folder" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:57 +msgid "" +"Messages that are marked as junk (either manually by the user or " +"automatically via SpamAssassin or Bogofilter) will be moved to the " +"Junk mail folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:58 +msgid "" +"The exact location depends on your junk folder setting." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:62 +msgid "Junk Mail Preferences" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:63 +msgid "" +"You can modify how Evolution handles junk mail by changing the " +"Junk Mail Preferences:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:65 +msgid "" +"Click EditPreferences or press " +"ShiftCtrlS." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:66 +msgid "Select Mail Preferences." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:67 +msgid "" +"Click on the Junk tab. Here, you can specify the following global " +"settings that are applied to all mail accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:69 +msgid "" +"Checking incoming messages for junk. This is a global setting: If it is not " +"enabled, enabling junk mail options for a specific account (see below) will " +"not have any effect." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:70 +msgid "" +"Deleting junk messages upon exit, and how often junk messages are to be " +"deleted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:71 +msgid "Marking messages as not junk if the sender is in the address book." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:72 +msgid "Checking custom mail headers (added by your mail server) for junk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:75 +msgid "" +"Junk settings for a specific mail account (available for all account types " +"except for POP accounts which use the global setting) can be set under " +"EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving OptionsCheck new " +"messages for Junk contents." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:78 +msgid "" +"For more information and specific Bogofilter or SpamAssassin configuration " +"questions it is recommended to check out the Frequently Asked Questions for " +"Bogofilter " +"resp. SpamAssassin." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:5 +msgid "How to have only one trash or junk folder per account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:25 +msgid "Two Trash or Junk folders shown for the same account" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:27 +msgid "" +"If you use a remote mail account that also has Junk and/or Trash " +"folders on the server you might face duplicated folders in Evolution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:28 +msgid "" +"You can easily tell the two Trash folders apart by looking at " +"their icons. The Evolution Trash folder has a special " +"icon whereas the other physical Trash folder looks like any other " +"folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:30 +msgid "" +"By default, Evolution's Trash and Junk " +"folders are Search folders. They " +"do not really exist but simply display all the messages that are marked as " +"junk or for deletion in any folders of that account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:32 +msgid "" +"In order to only use the folders for Junk and Trash on the mail server, " +"select the corresponding Use a Real Folder option under " +"EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditDefaults. In this case, " +"Evolution's local virtual folders will not be used." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:5 +msgid "Subscribing to Usenet newsgroups." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:25 +msgid "Newsgroups Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:27 +msgid "" +"When you create a newsgroup account, you are not subscribed to any groups. " +"To subscribe to a newsgroup:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:29 +msgid "Select FolderSubscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:31 +msgid "Click a group's checkbox to add a folder to your subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:5 +msgid "Changing the mail view for widescreen displays." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:22 +msgid "Vertical view" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:24 +msgid "" +"Evolution provides a vertical view in addition to the classical " +"view. In the vertical view, the message preview pane is located at the right " +"side of the message list when compared to the classical view where the " +"message preview pane is placed below the message list. Vertical view enables " +"you to use the extra width of wide screen monitors." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:26 +msgid "" +"To switch to vertical view, click ViewPreviewVertical View." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:28 +msgid "" +"In vertical view, the message list contains double lines of compressed " +"headers, which enables you to consume the extra width in the preview column. " +"The compressed columns have Sender Name and Email, Attachment Icon, Date and " +"Subject in the second line." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:30 +msgid "" +"To switch back to classical view, click ViewPreviewClassical View." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-word-wrap.page:5 +msgid "Words are wrapped in outgoing mail at 72 characters." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-word-wrap.page:20 +msgid "Words are wrapped in outgoing mail at 72 characters" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-word-wrap.page:22 +msgid "" +"For better readability lines are wrapped after 72 characters. This value is " +"hardcoded and cannot be changed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-word-wrap.page:23 +msgid "" +"To avoid line breaks within a paragraph, mark the paragraph and choose " +"FormatParagraph StylePreformatted in the mail composer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mail-working-offline.page:5 +msgid "Work with your mail while not being connected to the network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mail-working-offline.page:23 +msgid "Working Offline" +msgstr "Робота в автономному режимі" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-working-offline.page:25 +msgid "" +"Evolution can keep a local copy of folders located on remote mail " +"systems like IMAP or Exchange, to allow you to read messages." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mail-working-offline.page:27 C/offline.page:40 +msgid "" +"Evolution's forced offline mode only refers to mail and does not " +"apply to contacts and calendars." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mail-working-offline.page:29 +msgid "" +"POP mail downloads all messages to your local system, but for remote " +"accounts usually just the headers are downloaded. The rest, such as the body " +"of a message, is downloaded only when you want to read the message. Before " +"you force Evolution to be offline, Evolution downloads " +"the unread messages from the folders you have chosen to store." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-working-offline.page:33 +msgid "" +"The Receiving Options of remote " +"accounts offer an option to Synchronize remote mail locally in all " +"folders which is applied to all folders of that account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-working-offline.page:34 +msgid "" +"To avoid downloading large amounts of data, you can also disable " +"synchronizing messages which are older than a certain time period." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-working-offline.page:38 +msgid "Marking folders for offline usage" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-working-offline.page:39 +msgid "" +"If you do not have Synchronize remote mail locally in all folders " +"for the account enabled, you can synchronize individual folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-working-offline.page:40 +msgid "To mark a mail folder for offline use," +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-working-offline.page:42 +msgid "Right-click the folder, then click Properties." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mail-working-offline.page:43 +msgid "Click Copy folder content locally for offline operation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-working-offline.page:48 +msgid "Syncing messages for offline usage" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-working-offline.page:49 +msgid "" +"Your connection status is shown by an icon in the status bar of the main window. When you are online, it " +"displays two connected cables. When you force offline mode via clicking the " +"icon or via FileWork Offline, the " +"cables separate. You can either go offline immediately or synchronize remote " +"folders with your local copy before you go offline." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-working-offline.page:50 +msgid "" +"To synchronize folders without going offline immediately, select " +"FileDownload Messages for Offline Usage." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mail-working-offline.page:54 +msgid "Automatic Network State Handling" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mail-working-offline.page:55 +msgid "" +"Evolution automatically understands the network state and acts " +"accordingly. For instance, Evolution switches to offline mode " +"when the network goes down and automatically switches on when the network is " +"up again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/memos-searching.page:5 +msgid "Searching memos." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/memos-searching.page:28 +msgid "Searching Memos" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/memos-searching.page:31 +msgid "Searching in a Single Memo" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/memos-searching.page:32 +msgid "" +"To find text in the displayed memo, select EditFind " +"in Memo… from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/memos-searching.page:36 +msgid "Searching Across Memos" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/memos-searching.page:40 +msgid "" +"In the Memos view, you can quickly search for memos either by summary or by " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:5 +msgid "Adding a memo to your memo list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:23 +msgid "Adding a Memo" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:26 +msgid "" +"Click FileNewMemo, or " +"press ShiftCtrlO." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:27 +msgid "Select a memo list in the List dropdown list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:28 +msgid "Enter the memo information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:32 +msgid "" +"If you just want to quickly add a memo by entering a summary you can " +"directly enter it in the list of memos." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:34 +msgid "" +"You can also define a category, or a " +"classification for the memo, " +"or add an attachment." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:37 +msgid "Shared Memos" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:39 +msgid "" +"Shared Memos are like mail messages except they are scheduled for a " +"particular day and appear on the calendar for that date. You can use shared " +"memos to show vacations, holidays, pay days, birthdays, and so on. Posted " +"shared memos are placed in your Calendar on the date you specify. They are " +"not placed in your Mailbox or in any other user's Mailbox." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:41 +msgid "To send a Shared Memo," +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:43 +msgid "" +"Click FileNewShared Memo, " +"or press ShiftCtrlH." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:44 +msgid "" +"Select the Organizer's account name from the drop-down list given next to " +"the Organizer field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:45 +msgid "" +"In the To field, type a username, then press Enter. " +"Repeat this for additional users." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:46 +msgid "" +"Select the task list (under List) in which you would like to " +"create the entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:48 +msgid "" +"In the Start Date field, type the date this shared memo should " +"appear in the recipients' calendars." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/memos-usage-delete-memo.page:5 +msgid "Deleting a memo from your memo list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/memos-usage-delete-memo.page:20 +msgid "Deleting a Memo" +msgstr "Вилучення примітки" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/memos-usage-delete-memo.page:22 +msgid "" +"If you want to delete a memo in your memo lists, right-click on the memo and " +"select Delete, or click on the memo and click Delete " +"in the tool bar, or click EditDelete Memo." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:5 +msgid "Editing a memo in your memo list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:20 +msgid "Editing a Memo" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:22 +msgid "If you want to change a memo that already exists in your memo lists," +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:25 +msgid "" +"Double-click on the memo that you want to edit in the list of memos, or " +"right-click on the memo and click Open Memo." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:26 +msgid "Edit the memo information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/memos-usage.page:5 +msgid "On adding, editing, and deleting memos." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/memos-usage.page:20 +msgid "Add, Edit and Delete Memos" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/memos-usage.page:22 +msgid "" +"Currently there is no support for syncing memos with the Tomboy " +"or Gnote applications." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/offline.page:5 +msgid "Make Evolution mail be online again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/offline.page:27 +msgid "Why is Evolution's mail component offline?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/offline.page:28 +msgid "" +"You may have started Evolution with the --offline " +"commandline option to enforce offline mode." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/offline.page:30 +msgid "" +"If this is not the case and Evolution normally works but has " +"suddenly stopped connecting to your mail accounts, you may have " +"unintentionally clicked on the connection icon in the lower left corner. " +"When connected, the icon resembles a pair of sockets joined together. If the " +"sockets are open, there is no connection to your mail accounts (and the Send/Receive button is grayed out). Click on the icon " +"to change its state." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/offline.page:32 +msgid "" +"If the problem persists and you are sure you have not clicked the icon, but " +"you can still reach the network from other apps on your system (browsers, " +"FTP, SSH, ping etc.) it may be that your network connection is not properly " +"configured. For more information please take a look at the Desktop help or seek help from your distribution " +"support forums, mailing lists etc." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/offline.page:35 +msgid "" +"If you want to force Evolution to be in online mode, make sure " +"that Evolution is not running and open a Terminal " +"window and type the following command:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/organizing.page:5 +msgid "On organizing and finding your data in Evolution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/organizing.page:18 +msgid "Sorting and organizing" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/problems-debug-how-to.page:5 +msgid "How to provide good information when tracking down a problem." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/problems-debug-how-to.page:21 +msgid "How to track down a problem" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/problems-debug-how-to.page:23 +msgid "" +"As a first hint, error messages will be either displayed in the statusbar or " +"between the tool bar and the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/problems-debug-how-to.page:25 +msgid "" +"To further track down a problem, some debug options are listed on the Evolution project website." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/problems-debug-how-to.page:27 +msgid "" +"To contact the Evolution community for help, please see How to get help." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/problems-getting-help.page:5 +msgid "How to get help for problems." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/problems-getting-help.page:22 +msgid "How to get help" +msgstr "Як дістати довідку" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/problems-getting-help.page:24 +msgid "" +"To receive help on problems you can send an email to the Evolution " +"mailing list or talk to developers and other users in the IRC chat " +"channel #evolution on the server irc.gimp.net. To connect to an IRC server " +"you can for example use the application Polari." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/problems-reporting-bugs.page:5 +msgid "How to report mistakes in the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/problems-reporting-bugs.page:21 +msgid "How to report bugs" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/problems-reporting-bugs.page:23 +msgid "" +"If you do not need help for configuration but you are sure that you have " +"found a mistake or wrong behavior in the Evolution software, or " +"if you want to request a feature, you can file a report in the GNOME bug tracking " +"system. Note that this requires registration first. Please try to " +"avoid filing duplicates and check the bug writing guidelines first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/problems-reporting-bugs.page:23 +msgid "" +"Also note that GNOME distributions sometimes introduce their own changes in " +"Evolution that are not included in GNOME Evolution. " +"This is hard to recognize for users but if you are aware of it please file a " +"bug report in the bug tracker of your GNOME " +"distribution instead." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/problems-reporting-bugs.page:25 +msgid "" +"When reporting bugs exact information is welcome as it makes it easier for " +"others to reproduce and fix the issue. If possible please include " +"information such as the Evolution version (under " +"HelpAbout), your distribution, and " +"exact steps to reproduce the problem, click by click. See the Bug Writing Guidelines for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/searching-items.page:5 +msgid "Searching content and data within Evolution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/searching-items.page:18 +msgid "Searching items" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:5 +msgid "" +"Synchronize Evolution data with handheld devices and mobile " +"phones." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:19 +msgid "Synchronize Evolution with other devices" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:21 +msgid "There are currently no \"recommended instructions\" for users." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:23 +msgid "" +"Many distributions provide the application SyncEvolution that can be used in " +"combination with devices that support SyncML." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:25 +msgid "" +"In general it is recommended to use applications and devices that both " +"support the ActiveSync protocol (such as SyncEvolution). A list " +"of collaborative software is available on Wikipedia." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:27 +msgid "" +"If you can provide good practices or more information on this topic feel " +"free to file a bug report in GNOME's bug tracking system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/tasks-caldav.page:5 +msgid "Using an online CalDAV task list or memo list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/tasks-caldav.page:20 +msgid "Using a CalDAV task or memo list" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/tasks-caldav.page:22 C/tasks-webdav.page:24 +msgid "" +"To add such a task list or memo list to Evolution, perform the " +"following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tasks-caldav.page:24 C/tasks-local.page:24 C/tasks-webdav.page:26 +msgid "" +"Click FileNewTask List or " +"FileNewMemo List." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tasks-caldav.page:28 C/tasks-webdav.page:30 +msgid "Choose if you want to be able to view the content also while offline." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/tasks-caldav.page:35 C/tasks-local.page:31 +msgid "" +"The task list will be added to the list of task lists in Evolution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:5 +msgid "Options for displaying task completion and due dates." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:23 +msgid "Displaying of tasks" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:27 +msgid "" +"The following task-related options are available under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksTasks." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:31 +msgid "Tasks due today:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:32 +msgid "Select the color for tasks due today." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:33 +msgid "Overdue tasks:" +msgstr "Прострочені завдання:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:34 +msgid "Select the color for overdue tasks." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:35 +msgid "Hide completed tasks after:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"Select this option to have completed tasks hidden after a period of time " +"measured in days, hours, or minutes. If you do not select this option, " +"completed tasks remain in your task list, marked as complete." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/tasks-local.page:5 +msgid "Adding another local task or memo list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/tasks-local.page:20 +msgid "Adding another local task or memo list" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/tasks-local.page:22 +msgid "" +"To add another local task list to Evolution, perform the " +"following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/tasks-organizing.page:5 +msgid "On task and memo lists, searching, and categories." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/tasks-organizing.page:21 +msgid "Sorting and organizing tasks and memos" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/tasks-searching.page:5 +msgid "Searching tasks." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/tasks-searching.page:28 +msgid "Searching Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/tasks-searching.page:31 +msgid "Searching in a Single Task" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/tasks-searching.page:32 +msgid "" +"To find text in the displayed task, select EditFind " +"in Task… from the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/tasks-searching.page:36 +msgid "Searching Across Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/tasks-searching.page:40 +msgid "" +"In the Tasks view, you can quickly search for tasks either by summary or by " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:5 +msgid "Adding a task to your task list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:23 +msgid "Adding a Task" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:26 +msgid "" +"Click FileNewTask, or " +"press ShiftCtrlT." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:27 +msgid "Select a task list in the List dropdown list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:28 +msgid "Enter the task information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:32 +msgid "" +"If you just want to quickly add a task by entering a summary you can " +"directly enter it in the list of tasks." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:34 +msgid "" +"You can also define a time zone, a " +"category, or a classification (via the drop-down menu) for the " +"task, or add an attachment or set a reminder (via the corresponding tabs)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:37 +msgid "Assigned Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:39 +msgid "Evolution can be used to assign a task to multiple people." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:40 +msgid "" +"When you assign a task, you can specify the attendees in several categories, " +"such as \"chair\" or \"required\". When you save the task, each attendee is " +"sent an email with the task information, which also gives them the option to " +"respond." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:41 +msgid "" +"This is similar to meetings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:42 +msgid "" +"To create an assigned task, click FileNewAssigned Task." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/tasks-usage-delete-task.page:5 +msgid "Deleting a task from your task list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/tasks-usage-delete-task.page:20 +msgid "Deleting a Task" +msgstr "Вилучення завдання" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/tasks-usage-delete-task.page:22 +msgid "" +"If you want to delete a task in your task lists, right-click on the task and " +"select Delete, or click on the task and click Delete " +"in the tool bar or press CtrlD, or " +"click EditDelete Task." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:5 +msgid "Editing a task in your task list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:20 +msgid "Editing a Task" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:22 +msgid "If you want to change a task that already exists in your task lists," +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:25 +msgid "" +"Double-click on the task that you want to edit in the list of tasks, or " +"right-click on the task and click Open Task." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:26 +msgid "Edit the task information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/tasks-usage.page:5 +msgid "On adding, editing, and deleting tasks." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/tasks-usage.page:20 +msgid "Add, Edit, and Delete Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:5 +msgid "Adding and using more than one task list or memo list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:20 +msgid "Using several task lists or memo lists" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:22 +msgid "" +"You can have multiple task or memo lists and choose which of your lists get " +"displayed. For example, you might have tasks for work, tasks for home, and " +"tasks for the singing club of which you are a member. The side bar shows " +"these lists, and you can select or deselect any of the boxes next to them to " +"show and hide the corresponding tasks or memos in your view." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:24 +msgid "Tasks and memos from each task or memo list appear as different colors." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:26 +msgid "" +"You can also use lists that are not on your computer, such as on the " +"internet." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/tasks-webdav.page:5 +msgid "Using an online WebDAV task list or memo list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/tasks-webdav.page:20 +msgid "Using a WebDAV task or memo list" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/tasks-webdav.page:22 +msgid "Lists of this type are read-only." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/tasks-webdav.page:37 +msgid "The list will be added in Evolution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/using-categories.page:5 +msgid "" +"Using and managing categories for appointments, contacts, memos and tasks." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/using-categories.page:25 +msgid "Using Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/using-categories.page:27 +msgid "" +"Another way to group contacts, appointments, tasks and memos (summarized by " +"the term \"objects\" in the following text) is to mark them as belonging to " +"different categories. You can mark an object as being in several categories " +"or no category at all. For example in your address book, you put a friend in " +"the \"Business\" category because he works with you and the \"Friends\" " +"category because he is a friend." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/using-categories.page:29 +msgid "" +"To display only the objects in a particular category, select the " +"corresponding category in the quick search bar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/using-categories.page:32 +msgid "Setting categories for an object" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/using-categories.page:34 +msgid "To mark an object as belonging to a category," +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/using-categories.page:36 +msgid "Double-click the object to bring up the corresponding editor." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/using-categories.page:37 C/using-categories.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click Categories…. (If this button is not " +"available, select ViewCategories.)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/using-categories.page:38 +msgid "" +"Select the category from the list. You can select as many or as few " +"categories as you like." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/using-categories.page:44 +msgid "Adding and managing categories" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/using-categories.page:46 +msgid "" +"If the default list of categories does not suit your needs, you can add your " +"own categories either directly via EditAvailable " +"Categories, or indirectly when editing an object:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/using-categories.page:48 +msgid "Double-click any object to bring up the corresponding editor." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/using-categories.page:50 +msgid "Enter the new category in the entry box at the top." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/using-categories.page:52 +msgid "" +"You can now see the category in the Categories text field in the " +"editor." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/using-categories.page:56 +msgid "" +"In the Categories Editor you can edit or set the color and icon " +"for each category available by clicking Edit at " +"the bottom of the Categories window. Press Delete to delete categories from the list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:3 +msgid "Sender:" +msgstr "Відправник:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:4 +msgid "The sender's email address or the name of the sender." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:6 +msgid "Recipients:" +msgstr "Отримувачі:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:7 +msgid "The recipients of the message." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:9 +msgid "CC:" +msgstr "Копія:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:10 +msgid "Only the CC recipients of the message." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:12 +msgid "BCC:" +msgstr "Прих.копія:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:13 +msgid "" +"Only the BCC recipients of the message. Obviously this can only be applied " +"to outgoing filters." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:15 +msgid "Sender or Recipients:" +msgstr "Відправник або отримувачі:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:16 +msgid "" +"The sender's email address or the name of the sender or the recipients of " +"the message." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:18 +msgid "Subject:" +msgstr "Тема:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:19 +msgid "The subject line of the message." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:21 +msgid "Specific Header:" +msgstr "Особливий заголовок:" + +#. (itstool) path: p/link +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:22 +msgid "custom ones" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:22 +msgid "Any header including <_:link-1/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/app +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:23 +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:29 +msgid "Evolution" +msgstr "Evolution" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:23 +msgid "" +"If a message uses a header more than once, <_:app-1/> pays attention only to " +"the first instance, even if the message defines the header differently the " +"second time. For example, if a message declares the Resent-From: header as " +"\"engineering@example.com\" and then restates it as \"marketing@example.com" +"\", <_:app-2/> filters as though the second declaration did not occur. To " +"filter on messages that use headers multiple times, use a regular expression." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:25 +msgid "Message Body:" +msgstr "Вміст повідомлення:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:26 +msgid "Searches in the actual text of the message." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:28 +msgid "Expression:" +msgstr "Вираз:" + +#. (itstool) path: p/link +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:29 +msgid "filters" +msgstr "фільтри" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:29 +msgid "" +"(For programmers only) Match a message according to an expression you write " +"in the Scheme language used to define <_:link-1/> in <_:app-2/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:31 +msgid "Free Form Expression:" +msgstr "Вираз у довільній формі:" + +#. (itstool) path: p/link +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:32 +msgid "special syntax" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:32 +msgid "" +"(For advanced users only) Combine numerous conditions by using a <_:link-1/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:34 +msgid "Date sent:" +msgstr "Дата надсилання:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Filters messages according to the date on which they were sent. First, " +"choose the conditions you want a message to meet, such as before a given " +"date or after a given date. Then choose the time. The filter compares the " +"message's time stamp to the system clock when the filter is run, or to a " +"specific time and date you choose from a calendar. You can also have it look " +"for a message within a range of time relative to the filter, such as two to " +"four days ago." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:37 +msgid "Date received:" +msgstr "Дата отримання:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:38 +msgid "" +"This works the same way as the Date Sent option, except that it compares the " +"time you received the message with the dates you specify." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:40 +msgid "Label:" +msgstr "Мітка:" + +#. (itstool) path: p/link +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:41 +msgid "labels" +msgstr "мітки" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Messages can have <_:link-1/> of Important, Work, Personal, To Do, or Later. " +"You can set labels with other filters or manually." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:43 +msgid "Score:" +msgstr "Рахунок:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Sets the message score to any whole number greater than 0. You can have one " +"filter set or change a message score, and then set up another filter to move " +"the messages you have scored. A message score is not based on anything in " +"particular: it is simply a number you can assign to messages so other " +"filters can process them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:46 +msgid "Size (kB):" +msgstr "Розмір (кБ):" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:47 +msgid "Sorts based on the size of the message in kilobytes." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:49 +msgid "Status:" +msgstr "Стан:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:50 +msgid "" +"Filters according to the status of a message. The status can be Replied To, " +"Draft, Important, Read, or Junk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:52 +msgid "Follow Up:" +msgstr "До виконання:" + +#. (itstool) path: p/link +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:53 +msgid "flagged for follow-up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:53 +msgid "" +"Checks whether the message is <_:link-1/> or completed (after a certain " +"date)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:55 +msgid "Attachments:" +msgstr "Долучення:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:56 +msgid "Checks whether there is an attachment for the email." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:58 +msgid "Mailing List:" +msgstr "Список листування:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:59 +msgid "" +"Filters based on the mailing list the message came from. This filter might " +"miss messages from some list servers, because it checks for the X-BeenThere " +"header, which is used to identify mailing lists or other redistributors of " +"mail. Mail from list servers that do not set X-BeenThere properly are not be " +"caught by these filters." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:61 +msgid "Regex Match:" +msgstr "Відповідність рег.виразу:" + +#. (itstool) path: p/link +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:62 +msgid "regex" +msgstr "формальний вираз" + +#. (itstool) path: link/cmd +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:62 +msgid "grep" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/link +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:62 +msgid "the man page for the <_:cmd-1/>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:62 +msgid "" +"(For programmers only) If you know your way around a <_:link-1/>, or regular " +"expression, this option allows you to search for complex patterns of " +"letters, so that you can find, for example, all words that start with \"a\" " +"and end with \"m\", and are between six and fifteen letters long, or all " +"messages that declare a particular header twice. For information about how " +"to use regular expressions, check <_:link-2/> command." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: guiseq/gui +#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:4 C/xinclude-searching.xml:6 +msgid "Advanced Search" +msgstr "Розширений пошук" + +#. (itstool) path: guiseq/gui +#. (itstool) path: p/gui +#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:6 C/xinclude-searching.xml:15 +#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:21 C/xinclude-searching.xml:27 +msgid "Search" +msgstr "Пошук" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:6 +msgid "Select the <_:guiseq-1/> menu to open the dialog box." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/gui +#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:7 +msgid "Add Condition" +msgstr "Додати критерій" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:7 +msgid "Click <_:gui-1/> to add any number of rules." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:8 +msgid "" +"Select the condition from the dropdown list, and then type a search entry in " +"the field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/gui +#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:9 C/xinclude-searching.xml:21 +#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:30 +msgid "OK" +msgstr "Гаразд" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:9 +msgid "Click <_:gui-1/> to get the search results displayed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:14 +msgid "Clearing the Search results" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/gui +#. (itstool) path: guiseq/gui +#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:15 +msgid "Clear" +msgstr "Очистити" + +#. (itstool) path: keyseq/key +#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:15 +msgid "Shift" +msgstr "Shift" + +#. (itstool) path: keyseq/key +#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:15 +msgid "Ctrl" +msgstr "Ctrl" + +#. (itstool) path: keyseq/key +#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:15 +msgid "Q" +msgstr "Q" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:15 +msgid "" +"To clear your search view and get back to the default view, click the <_:" +"gui-1/> icon in the search string field, or choose <_:guiseq-2/> from the " +"menubar. You can also press <_:keyseq-3/> to clear the search." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:19 +msgid "Saved Searches" +msgstr "Збережені пошуки" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:20 +msgid "" +"If you search for something rather often, you will prefer not to type it " +"many times. In this case you can use saved searches." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/gui +#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:21 +msgid "Save" +msgstr "Зберегти" + +#. (itstool) path: guiseq/gui +#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:21 +msgid "Save Search" +msgstr "Зберегти результати пошуку" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:21 +msgid "" +"To save your search results, either click <_:gui-1/> instead of <_:gui-2/> " +"in the Search dialog, or in case the search results are already displayed, " +"select <_:guiseq-3/>. From now on this search will be directly available " +"from the <_:gui-4/> menu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:25 +msgid "Editing a Saved Search" +msgstr "Редагування збереженого пошуку" + +#. (itstool) path: guiseq/gui +#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:27 +msgid "Edit Saved Searches" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:27 +msgid "Select <_:guiseq-1/> from the menu bar to open the window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/gui +#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:28 +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "Зміни" + +#. (itstool) path: p/gui +#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:28 +msgid "Edit Rule" +msgstr "Змінити правило" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:28 +msgid "Click the <_:gui-1/> button to open the <_:gui-2/> window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:29 +msgid "Edit the title or search conditions from the dialog box." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:30 +msgid "Click <_:gui-1/>." +msgstr ""